Insidious Meme

Phi – 04-24-2024

Phi - 04-24-2024

Phi - 04-24-2024

Episode Summary:

This document delves into the concept of "pulse" in relation to time and matter. It references thoughts from Nikola Tesla and Aristotle, emphasizing vibration and frequency as fundamental components of the universe. The text explores how the "pulse" hits us 22 trillion times a second, with each pulse creating and destroying matter, thus facilitating movement and the manifestation of reality. It further discusses the idea of sacred geometry, the phi (golden) ratio, and their pervasive influence across various natural and man-made systems.

The narrative extends into practical implications, such as potential uses in martial arts and science, where understanding these patterns could yield significant advantages. The discussion also veers into the realm of metaphysical and philosophical implications, proposing that mastering these concepts could lead to profound understanding and control over one's environment.

Additionally, the text touches on more esoteric subjects such as interdimensional travel, suggesting that beings known as "interdimensionals" operate by moving through the pauses between pulses, essentially traveling between frames of reality. This challenges conventional notions of space and time, offering a radical perspective on movement and existence within our universe.

The document also predicts shifts in societal structures and knowledge, suggesting that future discoveries related to these concepts will disrupt current understandings and systems. It advocates for a deep investigation into the nature of reality through the lens of pulse, time, and the phi ratio, asserting that this could lead to revolutionary technologies and insights.

#Pulse #Matter #Creation #Destruction #PhiRatio #Vibration #Frequency #Tesla #Aristotle #SacredGeometry #InterdimensionalTravel #SpaceTime #Metaphysics #Reality #Universe #Physics #MartialArts #Science #Philosophy #FutureTech #Revolutionary #TimeManipulation #GoldenRatio #NaturePatterns #Existence #Movement #CyclicalProcesses #Esoteric #MetaphysicalImplications #SocietalShifts #Disruption #Insights #Technologies #Understanding #Control

Key Takeaways:
  • The concept of "pulse" is essential for understanding the creation and destruction of matter.
  • The phi ratio and sacred geometry are integral to the structure of the universe.
  • Understanding these concepts could have practical applications in various fields.
  • Interdimensional travel may involve moving through pauses between pulses, redefining our notion of space and time.
  • Future technological and societal advancements may be influenced by these concepts.
Predictions:
  • Technological advancements will emerge from understanding the pulse and phi ratio.
  • Societal structures will change as new knowledge disrupts traditional understandings.
Key Players:
  • Nikola Tesla
  • Aristotle
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

Phi - 04-24-2024

Hello, human. Hello, human.

It's in the afternoon here. Long damn day. Got all my chores done and heading back out to the coast, outbound anyway, wanted to natter on about pulse and time.

So we find from various people, like Nikola Tesla, even Aristotle, that vibration is a key. Tesla was really into vibration, and he kept alluding to it as if you knew the secret of three, six and nine, you'd have all the secrets of the universe, right? And he said that everything was frequency, which it is. So basically, I've had to do a lot of frequency work, studying mathematics on ultra frequency, ultra high frequencies, this kind of thing, because our old parts group is mostly busted up by the Russians at the moment. Everybody was kicked out of country and is out waiting some kind of resolution for their status to get back in, or a couple of them have just said, screw it, it's not going to happen in a couple of years.

So they're going off to other places. So one of the guys has gone off to settle in Turkey, over near the Gobeki Tepli dig. So we'll get some information that way. But nonetheless, our usual meetings are all disrupted. Haven't had those for, geez, almost a year.

And it's just gotten to the point where we can't convene because of the circumstances. And so we're all off doing other things. So I decided to mess about with thinking into the pulse and its interaction with our manifestations here as matter. And so basically it works this way. The pulse itself is from whence we derive sacred geometry.

Okay, so there's a pulse. It hits us 22 trillion times a second, and 2020 2 trillion times a second. There is a pause, but the pause has no duration. It has no time involved. So the pulse is time.

All right? What we think of as time here in the materium is basically an after effect or a hangover of the pulse itself. So duration, in all of the active properties of time that cozy rev had identified back when in the sixties, are all artifacts of the pulse itself. The pulse is time, and it goes 22 trillion times a second, and there's 22 trillion times a second of a pause. But here's the thing.

Within the pulse itself is the mechanism by which sacred geometry arrives here in the material, okay? And that's all the platonic solids, you know, golden ratio. Golden, mean all of that, right? So what happens is that the pulse creates all of matter, and then the void destroys all of matter. It's not really that the void destroys it, it's that the secondary we'll call it secondary.

But one of the functions of the pulse that we can identify that is different than the other function of the pulse is to destroy matter. And so matter is created and destroyed 22 trillion times a second, and the pause does not destroy the matter. What actually happens is the pulse itself creates and destroys. Okay? So the pulse itself creates matter, and then it destroys it such that we can have movement.

Without this, you wouldn't have movement within our reality. So if you go and look at movies and cartoons and stuff, you see that really, it's a bunch of separate images that are spun very fast together to give the illusion of movement, okay? And in between each of the images, the. There are things that change within the image, and we don't. We're not participatory of that because there's that gap in the image, right, where it's not actually that image, it's the previous one, or it's going to be the next one.

So this is the way our reality works as well, is that the pulse creates reality and destroys it. We get movement out of that, and we get motion, and we get, all the forms of force, power, and vibration that are in the materium come from that 120 to 122nd of a trillionth of a second pulse. When this pulse comes in, it actually comes in as phi. Okay? As the.

The ratio, the. The golden ratio, the sacred ratio of feet, okay? So that is expressed mathematically as a is to b as a plus b is to a. And so it's a relationship. It's a ratio.

We can render that ratio as a number. And if you divide for angles, if you want to get an angle that's a golden ratio angle, you end up coming up with a mathematical or a numeric approximation of 76.345. And then it goes on and on and on. Right? Infinite.

Or it's. If you want to just look at the ratio as the difference between the a and the b part, that comes down to 0.61,830,559, I think. And then it goes on, right? So we can get it. We can derive a mathematical approximation for fee, but.

But the fee itself is really the ratio, okay? And so you can find this ratio in anything. And so it's not dependent on the numerics, but so you can get fee ratios. And we see it in. It's what causes spiraling, you know, for all the shell seashells, all of that, it's what causes all the vortexes in reality causes tornadoes.

Tornadoes are a fee relationship with the energy involved. Same thing with whirlpools. You see it expressed in water falling from waterfalls. What's his name? Schonberger, the german implosion scientist, discovered fe naturally expressed in water.

As you tumble it out of a beaker, right? He found it in water continuously and constantly. And we see that ratio even within the things that live in water. You can find it not only in seashells, but, you know, spiral seashell kind of things. But we see it in the ratio of, you know, the bones to the larger mass of the fish, that kind of thing.

It is just everywhere fee is expressed in your body. There are fee relationships between your heart and the rest of your circulatory system. Within your heart and itself, and so on and so on and so on, right? We just keep seeing it. So now the fee relationship occurs because the first part of the pulse causes what I am calling primary magnetism to pop back into existence.

And that is where all the matter comes back in and goes, Boink. And it's all right there. Now, when it destroys us, when it destroys all matter, when the pulse in that 122 trillionth of a second, it does both of these. It creates matter and destroys it. And the amount of time and the amount of energy in both of those activities is the phi relationship.

Okay? So it'll have a part. The a part of the relationship of phi is the creation of matter. And the b part is that part of primary magnetism that is involved in the destruction of matter. So the magnetism, that's primary magnetism that gloms all the molecules together, pulls them all together.

And then there's another part of that primary magnetism that blows them all apart. They become repulsive to each other, right? And it just instantly disintegrates all matter. And so in our brains, this shit's happening so fast, we're not aware of the voids. We're not aware of the pauses of pulse.

We're just aware of the. Of the after effect of the pulse in the form of time and energy. So all energy within the materium comes from this pulse as a residual effect, an after effect within the materium itself. And this is where it gets really, really hinky, trying to describe shit, right? Because the pulse destroys matter.

But it's already, insofar as our brains can conceive, it's already recreated that matter even as it has destroyed it. And there is this after effect that exists from each of those discrete points in the activity of the pulse. And that after effect is us being in the materium, aware, conscious, etcetera, and able to deal with these after effects in the form of energy, and we'll see that the Phi relationship is all throughout energy, electricity, you know, any kind of gravitational forces. You know, they even find it repeatedly within the strong and the weak forces in terms of their relationships to each other within the bogus einsteinian quantum view of reality. Okay?

And so this fee relationship exists at this fundamental core level of the material. There is no other than consciousness itself, other than God, if you want to call it that, other than consciousness and universe itself. There is no deeper, no more primary, no more fundamental aspect of our reality than the pulse. So the pulse is our reality, and it's also our own cognition. It provides us with the energy in our bodies, and it just goes on and on and on.

Now, it's really interesting for me to think about this because there's all kinds of practical applications of it. Just knowing that this fee relationship exists, for instance, as a martial artist, can help you out, because you know that when the person is doing, you know, is responding to you or is attacking you or whatever, you know that they are involved in the fee relationship even if they are not aware of it. And so their attack might be the a part of the fee relationship, and you'll know that they'll have to go into a slight pause, which would be the b part of the relationship. And you could time your response to their attack to get them just as they're going into that part of the fee relationship. That is the b component, so to speak.

Right. This gets really tricky, but there's all different kinds of uses for it. Musicians would use it, you know, scientists would be, if they were aware of it, could use it in planning, experimentation, and so on and so on. Right? Astrologers could use it because it is fundamental to our materium.

We can't get away from it. It's here constantly. All of my thoughts, my voice is even composed of v relationships, and there's nothing we can do. We could not exist without them, nor could we create a situation in which the v relationship, the sacred geometry kind of stuff, does not manifest because it all comes out through the pulse. So knowing this, having this viewpoint of how reality decides to manifest itself and create itself, you could harmonize with this and use these things to your benefit, which I've done is, you know, repeatedly throughout my life, continuously, every time I get.

I get, like, bonus effects. It's all because I've been planning on and dealing with these. The fee effect within the sacred geometry and using it, you know, designing explicitly for it sometimes. And that kind of thing. It's very valuable to understand the relationship of all of the forces in universe and where they derive.

And you can even then use this knowledge to amplify the forces on your behalf, such as the key generation force in aikido or aiki jiu jitsu, that kind of thing, right? Or even zen meditation.

So, for instance, your pulse in your body is an aftermath of. It's an effect of the pulse that creates reality. As such, your pulse has few relationships within it. Okay? The diastolic to histolic relationship at any given moment will be expressing fee pretty much continuously.

This golden ratio stuff is very valuable and to know and provides you with a level of solidity that you don't get otherwise when you're designing and dealing with matter. So if I were dealing with matter, I always want to take advantage of the fee relationship. It's also harmonious. It, you know, promotes the feng shui in your house. If you have these relationships expressed within your structure and that kind of thing, you'll find these.

If you really want to go in and measure everywhere and get really precise at it, you'll find that you will keep coming closer and closer to feed relationships wherever you look. So you can, on most it, it's probably not possible to not discover it. But, for instance, in eggs, you know, the ratio of the diameter of the egg at its widest as opposed to the depth of the egg at its tall, tallest point will be a fee relationship. Get a set of micrometers and start measuring eggs and drive people crazy, you know? So anyway, so you'll see it around you all the time.

If you do design with it and use it, you'll be a lot more successful than if you ignore it and just sort of bumble along. Now, the b relationship relative to time is subtle, discrete, indistinct, and difficult to elucidate. All right, so cozy rev discovered, quantified, elucidated, and illuminated the active principles of time. And he did these without getting into the pulse or the fee relationship that causes these active principles to exist. And so this is where it gets really, really tricky.

Time is not homogeneous, okay? Time is not uniformly consistent nor continuous. So the pulse itself leaves time residue within the materium that is expressive of the phi relationship and has, within the lowercase t, time, small letters. Time in our materium, n has, let's call it soft spots, okay? So time is, it has active properties.

And these active properties can be manipulated, and you can cause things to occur relative to time. In talking about time, in the lower case, right. Time in the materium. You can do things within the materium to affect and either add time or remove time from a processes process or from an unfolding of something. So there are things you can do to actually affect the amount of time that is affecting something, whatever it might be.

Now, we cannot time travel. I mean, that's, that's horseshit, okay? And these guys that like, oh, Kerry Cassidy or, you know, I don't know, 107 or patriot underground or any of these guys that will talk to you about interdimensionals, right? And that's a misnomer. I mean, they really shouldn't.

I get pissed at him for using that word because that implies that these space aliens are coming from another dimension and putting themselves in our dimension where we have, you know, the three dimensions plus our residual time. And that's not really what happens. They're in the same dimension as we are. They have length and width and height and weight and all of this kind of stuff and in thickness. And they, they're around here with us.

It's just that they are going through dimensionless travel to get here, okay? So they're not really interdimensionals. They're not coming from some other dimension. They're not in the frequency range or any of that. What they're, what they're doing is removing the issue of the materium from their travels.

And so you have these stupid quantum guys, all these scientists out there saying, oh, they're folding space and time and bullshit guys, it has nothing at all to do with that. That makes it all far too complex. They are in no way altering the environment here at all. So that would imply that they're actually folding space around them in order that they might transmit themselves here in a very, very, very fast fashion without going through the intervening space. And that's not what is occurring.

You could think of it that way, but it's that requires all kinds of energy that these guys are not expending. So the UFO's don't travel that way. These people that are, that are labeled as interdimensionals do not deal with our material that way. What they're actually doing is, is that they understand that there is, as Nikola Tesla said, there is a 369 frequency issue, okay? And what these guys that are called interdimensionals are actually doing is that they are traveling in the pause.

Okay? So if you know that, so you can think of it this way, these interdimensionals are. Were all in movie frames. They're all moving at the same speed of display. And what these interdimensional guys are doing is simply moving from one frame in the movie to another frame in between the frames showing up on the screen.

One way to think of it is what they're actually doing is dialing in an address. And so here I am, sitting here in my car, heading out to the coast. And if I wanted to be an interdimensional, I'd have a little device here. And I would dial in an address for some planet around Alpha Centauri. And then I would push a go button.

As my finger released that go button, my address, my physical key address here in my body or my car or whatever. Whatever vehicle I'm using for this would change. I would change it from, you know, some incredibly long number to some other incredibly long number in between the. In the void in between the pulse, recreating it, my number gets changed relative to the materium. And so when the materium comes to the next pulse, that next 22,000,000,000,000th of a second interval of a pulse, I am created at that new address, at that new numeric address.

And so you can think of it as though you're swapping ip addresses in between sending two email messages. Something like that, right? Because fundamentally, that's what's going on. It's all happening at a numeric level. I'm not having to create vast quantities of energy and somehow grab hold of space, which doesn't really exist, or grab hold of time, which is really the artifact of the pulse, and then twist them in order to get myself closer to Alpha Centauri.

It's not happening that way. In my opinion, this is a wrong way to think about it because of the implications and the assumptions that are inherent in that way of thinking about it that are not valid about all the energy expenditures and so on. You just don't do it that way. You actually. Well, I won't go into that.

Okay, so we won't go into actually doing it. It's not really pertinent at the moment. But when you see these UFO's popping in and out of our reality here, they're just basically changing their IP address, so to speak, their network node for appearance in the materium to some other number and jumping there because. And they don't really jump. They just don't exist in between here and there.

Alright? So there's no need for them to go scoot, scoot, scoot in every frame to get to the place that they want to go. They just jump right to that frame. And when that frame is displayed on the screen, so to speak, or recreated in the materium, there they are. This causes human brains all kinds of problems, all right?

This disassociation of space and time relative to our understanding of our location really fucks with our heads. And I'm of the opinion it probably does. So for most of the species that end up doing this, for most of the species that use this form of travel, I'm of the opinion that they're. They're as equally screwed over by it as humans are. There will be residual effects on you.

Okay, so, so one of the things that I was always. It didn't make any difference. You couldn't do it. It legally wouldn't have happened. But Corey Goode could have proven that he had been time traveling and been off planet with a blood test, right?

If he'd ever been off planet or had ever time traveled, there would be residual effects that would be able to be assayed out of his blood. I won't go into those now, but they're again a function of the fee relationship. Holy shit. That's the biggest excavator I've ever seen. Geez.

I'm doing some heavy duty logging here, and they're taking this thing off property.

So when you see these UFO's popping in, know that we're going to be getting close to this new understanding, right? And so that, you know, some scientist guy will come along, he'll apply a bunch of numbers to it. They'll come up with a snazzy formula and some kind of a phrase to encapsulate it all. And then we'll all be talking about ZPT, right? Or ZPE, zero point energy.

And that's the Sci-Fi world. We're moving into this world. We're moving into it fairly rapidly. It's this sort of thing that provides us with anti gravity and all kinds of other cool stuff. This is also hugely powerful.

That's why the Elohim worship cult doesn't want you to have it, because then you're outside their control forever and they can't do anything at all to you. So bear in mind that if you could shift yourself one 1,000,000,000,000th of a second out of phase with the rest of the materium, nobody could shoot you. They could set off an atom bomb, and it wouldn't affect your body nor your mind, that kind of thing, right? You might be able to be affected by incredibly intense fucking around with radar level radio frequencies in the environment in which you were. But short of that, there's not going to be a whole lot in a material sense in terms of, you know, actual matter.

So bullets wouldn't harm you, they'd shoot it at you, and it would just hit this blank, gray sort of spot and fall to the ground because it couldn't proceed further. It wouldn't. It wouldn't harmonize, it wouldn't have the address for that location out of phase. It would only have the address for that location in phase with the rest of the pulse. And so if it's out of phase, it would be like running into some kind of alternate reality that wouldn't allow the bullet to enter because it wasn't synced up with its part of the pulse.

Anyway, like I say, we're going to come into this new understanding of this over the rest of this year. It'll take them, you know, 25 years. If we even try and recreate academia, I expect most of the colleges and universities to collapse here over the rest of this year. They're going to try and use the israeli genocide and the protests about it as their version of BLM, right, as the. As the BLM riots of this particular election cycle.

And this isn't going to go over. We're going to have all kinds of disruptions within the financial system as all of this stuff's going down. And one of the points of failure is going to be the university system. Now, this is really stupid on the part of the communists, because they need the university system to mind control people, to undermine their understanding of reality, shift them over to a communist view of reality, and then promote communism to them and make them energized to go out and do this. If these universities don't exist, if they all collapse, then there goes communism.

Because communism is driven by the long march through the institutions. And these guys have only gotten through the education institutions institution into the actual schools. They got the teachers colleges, then they got into the actual schools here for two generations. But they need to go four generations in order to get their kind of a communist revolution. And these anti Israel genocide things are not going to be the energetic enough to cause the communist revolution to occur.

And now it's also going to be really causing problems for the Elohim worship cult as all of the jewish culture gets upended. So it's not just me saying it. There's all kinds of people coming out with more information about the Elohim and the Talmud and the mind games that the Elohim are playing. And all of these kind of things. And it's really putting pressure on all of this, as well as the zionist genocide causing this big backlash.

All this shit's planned. Okay, so all of this stuff is planned by the Elohim worship cult. But their problem is that things are at an accelerated pace ahead of their timing and they're going to destroy, which they knew would happen anyway, and they were counting on it anyway, but it's going to happen too early. They're going to destroy the educational system, which provides them with a great deal of support in warping these people's minds. So it's going to be very interesting.

25 years here. Let's see.

Well, 24 more years. So we're in 24 more years of rising chaos and the settling of chaos and the building of a new common shared reality consensus. Anyway, guys, it's going to be really interesting.

Investigating the fee relationships and the energy involved will get you a long way towards understanding what's going to be emerging in Sci-Fi world as we go forward here over these next few months, you'll see these things start to occur. You're looking at a 25 plus year process for these to unfold and be integrated into our social order. So, as I say, it's going to be quite the energetic period of time. I've got to do some real work here now, so I'll set this aside and post these and get at a couple of more in a week or two, I think.



Previous Blog Posts:

View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


William Cooper – Lansing Michigan Lecture 1996

William Cooper - Lansing Michigan Lecture 1996

William Cooper - Lansing Michigan Lecture 1996

Episode Summary:

The lecture by William Cooper in Lansing, Michigan, covers a range of topics concerning freedom, individual responsibility, and the perceived threats to American values. Cooper begins by reflecting on the importance of freedom over diversity, invoking a quote from Solzhenitsyn to highlight the consequences of passive compliance in the face of tyranny. He discusses his role in disseminating information and the challenges of presenting complex realities to a population he perceives as largely unaware or unengaged.

Throughout the lecture, Cooper delves into history, philosophy, and personal anecdotes to criticize what he views as a pervasive ignorance of the true nature of power and control. He contrasts the Luciferian philosophy, which he claims is taught in secret societies and aims at human deification through intellect, with biblical narratives of the Fall of Man, suggesting that these stories reflect an ongoing struggle over the nature and destiny of humanity.

Cooper warns of the dangers of centralized power, particularly when religious institutions gain control over governance, arguing for the necessity of a vigilant, informed, and active citizenry. He emphasizes the importance of freedom of expression and the need for individuals to seek truth and create independent media as a counter to mainstream narratives and misinformation.

He encourages his audience to be proactive in their pursuit of truth and to take personal responsibility for their contribution to society, warning of the consequences of apathy and compliance. Cooper's lecture is a call to vigilance and action against what he perceives as the insidious encroachment of totalitarianism, advocating for a society where freedom is the paramount value.

#WilliamCooper #LansingLecture #Freedom #Liberty #Control #Truth #Vigilance #Totalitarianism #IndividualResponsibility #Information #Media #Conspiracy #Luciferian #Biblical #History #Philosophy #AmericanValues #Patriotism #Activism #Government #SecretSocieties #Awareness #Citizenship #SelfReliance #CriticalThinking #Democracy #Humanity #Power #Morality #Ethics #Socialism #Illuminati #Resistance #Awakening #Empowerment

Key Takeaways:
  • Freedom as a Core Value: Cooper emphasizes that freedom, not diversity, is the core value that makes America great.
  • Critique of Passive Compliance: He warns against the dangers of complacency and passive compliance in the face of authority.
  • Luciferian Philosophy vs. Biblical Narratives: Cooper contrasts the Luciferian philosophy, prevalent in secret societies, with the biblical story of the Fall of Man, indicating a deep struggle over the understanding of humanity and morality.
  • Role of Individual Responsibility: He advocates for the need for individuals to be informed, engaged, and proactive in seeking truth and understanding.
  • Creation of Independent Media: Cooper stresses the importance of independent media and personal platforms in countering misinformation and mainstream narratives.
  • Understanding Power and Control: He delves into the nature of power and control, suggesting that many are unwittingly complicit in their own subjugation.
  • Call to Vigilance and Action: The lecture is a call to action against the encroachment of totalitarianism and for the protection of individual freedoms.
  • Criticism of Centralized Power: Cooper is critical of any centralized power, especially when religious institutions gain government control, and warns of the consequences of such consolidations.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

William Cooper - Lansing Michigan Lecture 1996

People here know who he is. I just want to read a real quick little saying that member of the audience told me about. This is from Solzhenitsen, and this is one of the reason I think we're all here, and we kind of have to remind ourselves why we're doing this, he says, and how we burned in the cabins later, thinking what would things have been like if every security operative, when he went out at night to make an arrest, had been uncertain whether he would return alive and had to say goodbye to his family? Or if, during periods of mass arrests, as, for example, in Leningrad, when they arrested a quarter of the entire city, people had not simply sat there in their lairs, paling with terror at every bang on the downstairs door and every step on the staircase, but had understood that they had nothing left to lose and had boldly set up in the downstairs hall an ambush of half a dozen people with axes, hammers, pokers, whatever else was on hand. After all, you knew ahead of time that those blue caps were out at night for no good purpose.

If. But we didn't love freedom enough. That's what makes this country great. It's not diversity. It's freedom.

Bill Cooper.

Thank you, Connie.

Thank you.

Well, you sure know how to make me feel very humble. Thank you so much.

I think one of the biggest misconceptions in this country is what this country is all about, who founded it for what purpose, and most specifically, what it is that we're all looking for.

I'm going to try to clarify some of those, and in doing it, as always happens, someone's going to be angry with my definition of some of these things. I've traveled all over the country. I've talked to probably hundreds of thousands of people individually over a lot of years. I broadcast a radio show that brings me thousands of letters every week. I administer the world's largest and most successful civilian intelligence gathering operation in the world, which makes me privy to an awful lot of information that none of you will ever see.

And there's so much of it, I can never present it in a form that you would be able to look at it and digest it.

So that puts a pretty big burden on me and the people who work with me in the intelligence service and in the Kadgi news service in order to digest this information, analyze it, and be able to present to you what we believe. And this is a subjective judgment, what you can digest and what you need to know at that particular time.

And in doing this, digesting all this information, reading all of these letters from people of every kind of background that you can imagine, every race, every religion, every kind of agenda. Believe me, there's an awful lot of agendas going on in this country that are dangerous to Americans. Being promoted by people who claim to be Americans, who claim to be patriots, and who claim to be doing the best for this country, including those who want to destroy it and bring about a one world, totalitarian, socialist government. They sincerely believe in their heart they're doing the right thing for humankind. You see, nobody gets up in the morning and sets out to do evil.

Nobody consciously does that. I've never met any person in my entire life who said, I'm evil. I'm going to do evil things. I like to do evil things. I want to do evil things.

They don't exist in my knowledge. They may exist somewhere, people like Jeffrey Dahmer.

And I believe that even Jeffrey Dahmer probably rationalized what he was doing in his own mind to make it right. Isn't that the way we all do things? Even if we do something wrong and we know we're doing something wrong, don't we attempt to rationalize it in our own mind and to our friends to justify what we're doing?

So I believe it's a great fallacy to set out to brand those whom we disagree with as being evil people. The result of their actions. We may perceive to be evil, we may perceive it to be bad, but I guarantee you those people don't see it that way. And when we present ourselves to them in that light, we're good and they're evil. Do you think we have a chance of getting them to listen to us?

Not on your life. It's not going to happen. So I think we have to change the way we talk. We have to talk to them in a different manner. Now, don't take what I'm going to tell you standing up here today and compare it to what I say on the radio and expect the two to concur.

Because when I'm here, I'm just Bill Cooper. I'm talking to you from my heart. When I'm on the radio, I am on a mission, and that mission is to slap people upside the head and wake them up and even make them hate me, if that's what it takes to get them to go examine what I'm telling them to find out that it's right. You see, I don't care how it's done, as long as they wake up. If I have to be the bad guy that they're going to hate for the rest of their life.

That's okay with me if I wake them up. But when I'm here talking like this, that's not my mission, because you're awake already or you wouldn't be here. You see, there's a difference between the people here and the people that I'm talking to over those airwaves. Big difference. An awful lot of you are steady listeners of the hour, of the time, and have been probably for many years.

And when I'm talking on the radio, I know who you are and I'm not talking to you. And I know that when you're listening and I talk about the sheeple, the stupid sheeple, it doesn't make you angry. You know why? Because you know you're not stupid sheeple, don't you? The person that gets angry has verified that I was right, because he wouldn't get angry if he didn't know in his heart that he's a stupid sheeple.

You ever been walking down the street and somebody comes running out and says, bank robber, bank robber. Stop that bank robber. Do you start running?

Why don't you start running? Because you're not the bank robber, right? Do you get angry? No. Do you pay attention?

Most of the time. If you're from a big city, chances are you don't even look around, right? If you're from a small town where I'm at, I mean, people will come running out in the street to see the bank robber because small town. And not much excitement goes on there unless the IRS comes to mess with me.

So what I'm going to talk to you about today comes from my heart, from my experience in life, from playing this role as messenger, which I take very seriously, from my efforts to wake up the american people, from my family, from all the letters that I get, people that I talk to, just like I've talked to many of you here today. I've learned some things, and I think these things need to be passed on to you. And I think you need to start examining yourself, your agenda, your mission. Who are you? What are you about?

What do you believe about America? Is it true? Are you helping to divide us more? Are you helping to bring us together? Do you really understand what this country is all about?

Now, I know this is going to make some of you angry. That's okay. I know that it's going to open some doors for some of you. I hope that it'll bring us all a little bit closer together. And I hope that everybody, once you've examined your own particular agenda will try to make it fit better into what we should really be doing.

And I'm going to start off way back in history, folks, because that's really where it began. The human race is young in the whole scope of the life of the earth. We're just a young species really haven't been around for a long time compared to everything else that's in this world. And I'm not talking about biblical years, and I'm not talking about theory of evolution years. I'm talking about from the time when you can see that man emerged on the historical scale of this world and began to affect other species and the world that we live in, and himself, by perfecting the ability to think first original thought.

See, there used to be a time in history when man was just like all the other animals. He didn't think. He didn't know good from evil. He existed, lived by instinct, just like the other animals did. If you want to believe the record that we can look back and see written in stone, okay.

If you want to believe that there were creatures that ultimately became this thinking man that you see standing up here in front of you and sitting out there amongst you didn't have this ability. Now, if you doubt that, read Genesis in the Bible and you'll see that it's confirmed. There. Wasn't there a time when Adam and Eve lived in the garden of Eden? They were not to think.

They did not know good from evil. They were just there to take care of the garden. Is that correct? So this concept and the biblical concept agree.

Man just enjoyed what God had put there and sort of took care of the garden. Any dentist will tell you that our mouth was not made for eating meat. So ancient man most probably ate vegetables and nuts and things like that. Roots. Doesn't mean that I'm telling you to become a vegetarian, because I'm not.

You see, I really believe in freedom, believe you should eat whatever you feel like eating. That's your business.

But that's known to people who study these things as the age of innocence.

Something happened that brought man out of that state. And if you're talking from a biblical reference, out of the garden of Eden and into the world, he wasn't innocent anymore. He understood that he was naked, that his partner was naked. He could think. He could look around.

He knew when something was good and when it was bad, just as we all do here. When somebody comes up to me and says, well, how do we know which is the right way to go? I know that person is setting me up to justify his bad deeds, and I won't do it. You always know. We always know which is the right way and which is the bad way.

The bad way sometimes feels better, so we may choose that way and justify it by rationalization in order to make ourselves feel better about the bad that we did.

In the mystery schools, they refer to this mystical time coming out of the age of innocence as the luciferian philosophy. I've tried to illuminate you with this for years on my radio broadcast. In the Bible or in the church, they talk about the fall of man. Same thing. There's only one difference between the luciferian philosophy and the fall of man is that those who talk about the fall of man believe in God.

Whether or not they believe in a savior, they believe in God.

The ones who believe in the luciferian philosophy do not.

Now here's how that works. In the Bible, we're told that Eve was tempted by Satan to eat of the fruit of the tree of knowledge of good and evil. God had commanded Adam and Eve not to eat of the fruit of that tree. If you do, ye will surely die. Isn't that the commandment Lucifer, through his agent?

Satan, on the other hand, told Eve, God lied to you. He's holding back the fact that you too can become God. But first you have to eat of the fruit of this tree. And if you do, you will surely not die, but shall become as gods. Isn't that true?

So from the religious aspect, we see that as the fall of man because man disobeyed God. We see that as the subjugation of the woman beneath man where she had originally been the partner. Now she is subjugated beneath man because she was the agent of man's downfall. Is that correct? Now, I'm not talking right or wrong.

I'm not trying to insult anybody in here. I'm just telling you what we're taught so that we all understand what we're talking about, because that's most important. If you understand something differently than what I'm trying to impart to you up here, we don't have the same definition. We're not going to understand each other, are we? The mysteries, on the other hand, look at this in a different light.

Here's their story. It's a metaphor. They don't believe that there ever was a God or that there ever is a God aside from man himself. And man has not reached that state yet, but can. This is what they teach in the lodges, that if you perfect yourself as the temple of the God within and become christed.

You've all heard this in the new age movement. You, too can become God. In her movie, running on the beach, spinning around, I am God.

Who asks her early in the morning when she just wakes up and goes and sits in front of the mirror and looks at her aging face and tries to cover it up with makeup. If she's God, she may tell you a different story about that time. Around noon, she might be feeling better and become God again. But this is the reality of the human condition. We'd all love to be gods, wouldn't we?

My question to Shirley McLean at one time was, please, Shirley, could you make me a universe?

She sort of looked at me with this hurt look on her face as she confronted her mortality and realized that she was not God. Because she could not make me a universe. She couldn't make herself a universe. She can't even make herself look young again. She's having a hard time paying some of her debts.

God doesn't have that problem, does he?

And in her case, she.

Here's the way they look at it. Here's their metaphor for the end of innocence.

Adam and Eve were held prisoner in the Garden of Eden by an unjust, cruel, and vindictive God.

Until Lucifer, through his agent, Satan, set man free from this garden by giving him the gift of intellect.

Through the use of intellect, man will conquer the earth, will conquer nature, and will himself become God. It's taught in every masonic temple in this land. Every secret brotherhood, every secret society, every mystical temple, every occult organization teaches the luciferian philosophy.

They do not believe in Lucifer. They do not believe in any entity called a devil. And they do not believe in God.

It is a mistake for you to assume that they do. They are atheists in the strictest sense of the word. They are humanists. That's their religion at the highest level. Their goal is to create a world in which the adepts, the thousand points of light working behind the veil to create the culmination of the great plan, can realize the ultimate happiness for mankind.

That's why they don't oppose pornography. That's why they don't oppose certain crimes. That's why they say you should not be put in jail for the rest of your life for murder or anything else. There should be no death penalty because it was a learning experience. And having gone through that learning experience, you're a better person now.

This is what they teach. They believe punishment for these crimes is nothing more than vengeful retribution, which is wrong in their eyes.

So these are really the two philosophies that we have competing with each other in the world today. Who brought man the gift of fire? Prometheus. Who was Prometheus? Lucifer.

What was the gift of fire? Knowledge, intellect. Hasn't man created industry, culture, society, science, from the use of one solitary thing, fire. Without fire, none of it would have occurred. None of it, nothing.

There would be no society without fire.

That's how it's represented in the ancient myths and in the mysteries.

How art thou fallen from heaven, o Lucifer, son of the morning, what is it represented? As a bolt of lightning struck a tree. The tree burst into flames. Ancient man, if you watch the movie quest for fire, rushed up and grabbed one of the burning branches, and it burned his hand, and he let it go. He probably didn't go any farther than that the first time.

Second time, he may have found a deer that had been roasted by the heat of the fire in the forest. And being hungry, maybe he partook of some of that meat and found that it tasted pretty good. Also, the fire was warm and didn't get cold at night. This is where the whole battle between the forces of light and darkness comes from. Man sat upon a rock one night watching the sunset, said, boy, I'm in deep trouble now.

I can't see in the dark. There's wild beasts out there. There's tigers with teeth seven inches long that want me for dinner. What am I going to do? He didn't know what to do.

Neither would many of us put in that situation, but we would know one thing, we're in deep trouble. And so, for a good part of his history, man sat huddled in the darkness in someplace that made him feel secure, waiting to be saved.

Now, remember, folks, I'm not telling you what I believe. I'm telling you what is taught in the mysteries. I'm telling you what our enemies believe. Make no mistake about it, they are our mortal enemies. They want to see us wiped off the face of the earth, huddled in this darkness, fearful, trembling, cold, hungry.

And around about, he could hear the beasts roaring. And sometimes they were roaring because they were after him. And sometimes he was eaten.

A man eventually saw another tree struck by lightning and grabbed that branch with that flame on it. And by a little experimentation, he learned how to keep that fire going. And if he could keep the fire going, he knew something nobody else knew. And he became the first king, the first priest, the first scientist, all rolled into one, and he would burn this fire and keep it going. And other men in the cold of the night, wanting to escape from the terrors that were out there would gravitate toward this glow, and they would see this man sitting there.

And if he was kind, he would let them come to the fire, and they would be warm, and they would be protected. Because if the wild beast came, he'd pick up a branch and shove it in its face, and the beast would go away. And so the forces of light overcame the forces of darkness. And in the sunshine of the morning, the newly risen, resurrected child that had died the night before, their savior warmed them and saved them from the terrors of the prince of darkness.

You have to study these things to understand your enemy. Any general who ventures upon a battlefield without understanding the enemy is doomed to defeat. Just like a militia that forms itself upon a peninsula has already created its own concentration camp, unless it has a navy.

Damn good militia, I might add.

What is the upshot of this? What am I getting at here? These people believe, and they have conducted themselves according to their belief and their philosophy since the very dawn of man.

These people learned how to control others through the use of a hidden knowledge. This ability to keep that fire going was a technology that nobody else knew. By observing the fire, by keeping it going, by creating ceremonies around this fire, they became a mystery to the others. A mystery always holds sway over those who don't understand it. And the priesthood was born.

No king ever existed without the permission of the priesthood. I don't care what religion you're talking about or what period of history you're talking about. It is the truth. The kings never had the power. And don't to this day.

Kings exist at the whim of the real power, which is the priesthood, standing behind the throne. And when the king ceased to be of benefit to the priesthood, they would simply poison him or get rid of him in some other way. The king is dead. Long live the king. And there would be another king appointed.

There was even a time in history when the king was a sacrificial king, just like John F. Kennedy was in the temple of the sun known as Deli Plaza.

They would pick a young man with the height of his virility, appoint him king for one year. During that time, he could do or say or command whatever he wanted. The priesthood was always there to make sure he commanded the right things. Have any woman that he wanted? And at the end of the year, he was ceremoniously sacrificed upon a rock.

His heart ripped out, his body dismembered into 14 pieces and scattered over the land. And this is where the legend of the Osirian cycle began. It was to ensure the fertility of the crops of the next year. And young men would volunteer for this in their patriotic duty to their kingdom, to their family, so that they could have prosperous years.

Much as our young men may volunteer to rush out over the water to a place called Kuwait or Iraq and die in the godforsaken sands of a place that nobody can even find on a map I never heard of until it happened. Also that he can be called a patriot, someone his family can be proud of. It escapes me how they can ever arrive at these conclusions, but they do. And the priesthood always takes the most advantage of this willingness to sacrifice oneself upon the altar of his country.

The problem with it is it's very seldom really for the country, it's for the advancement of the agenda of the priesthood, whoever the priests happened to be at the time.

Am I attacking the church? You better believe it. All churches, all organized religions that have existed since the beginning of the time. Am I attacking the religion of individuals? Never.

Not on your life. He wasn't trying to create a big church, he knew what happened to those things.

And you're all wrong about that man. When you say he shouldn't get angry, he shouldn't curse, you shouldn't do things that upset other people, because that's what Jesus spent his whole life doing. He threw the money changers out of the temple. Don't you think that made some people angry? Don't you think it was rude to walk up to somebody's place of business, smack them in the mouth, grab their table and throw it out the door?

What about the time he cursed the fig tree?

Pious christians sometimes make me very angry. They don't even know Christianity. They don't know the man they're following. He was a revolutionary, he was a dangerous man. And by God, so am I, and so should you be.

This country was founded by dangerous men.

And the moment the people in this country cease to be dangerous men, it's going to be the day we cease to have a country.

Their whole goal with this philosophy is to teach all men and women that the only end of life is to seek the utmost pleasure and happiness that you can get out of it. Because when you die there's nothing else.

That's what they teach, that's what they want you to be. They don't want laws against sexual promiscuity, that's why they don't want families, that's why they don't want marriage, that's why they encourage homosexuality.

There's a method to their madness. There's really not much method to yours, because you're operating from a place of ignorance. And until you change that, you're going to be bumbling around, bumping into each other, saying and doing the wrong things, not understanding the nature of your enemy. And if you don't understand the nature of your enemy and the weapons they use, you cannot fight that enemy. You can't fight the battle.

You shouldn't even be on the battlefield.

That's why you're losing the war.

And don't tell me you're not, because I'm in a place of great knowledge about who's winning and who's losing this war. And I can assure you, you're losing the war doesn't mean it can't be turned around. But it'll never be turned around until you learn what you need to know.

You don't even recognize half the weapons that they use against you, and some of them seem so insignificant that you don't even try.

They want to create a world where everybody is happy all the time, doing all of the things that, if you're from a good religious upbringing, is wrong to do. If you're not from a religious upbringing, but you have a good brain and you understand the purpose of morals and ethics, it's still the wrong thing to do if you're a thinking person. And then the priests had an army. Oh, boy, weren't they happy with that.

Their whole purpose throughout history has been to teach a small number of people how to become adept at controlling everyone else and presenting their societies as desirable to the profane. So that you'll go knock on the door and say, hey, can I be a member? And be initiated with the promise of learning some great secret? What is that secret? The secret is what I have just told you this morning.

The secret is how to control everybody else. And you never understand how to control everybody else until you get to the top of this pyramid of initiation. Most people never make it past the third step.

All above that are carefully chosen and nurtured and taught.

And Americans, for all these years, have been looking around for the enemy. They've never been able to find an enemy. So those who control them were able to control them even better by giving them an enemy.

That's what Stalin and Churchill and Roosevelt determined at Yalta. Who was going to be the enemy post war turned out to be Stalin, and there was going to be this phony cold war so that the population would never discover the real enemy. And I'm talking about the population of the Soviet Union as well as the rest of the world. You see, the enemy has always been here. It's your uncle, your aunt, your father, your mother, your brother, your sister, your nephew, your nieces, who belong to the fraternal orders collectively known as the mysteries, the very highest degrees of which, combined together, make up a secret order known as the Illuminati.

Their goal is to destroy all existing religions, save theirs, all existing governments, save theirs, and shackle the mob in a system of eternal oppressive debt, chained to a computer for the rest of their life in a propagandized world to make them believe that they are happy in this system. Now, do you think they're succeeding? Haven't I described to you just now exactly what is going on in the world today?

Yes, they're succeeding. They're succeeding because the american people don't understand their enemy. They don't even know what's happening. People were extolling the virtues, the virtues of Pat Buchanan and actually considering voting for that man for president. And he sent them all a postcard.

And on the front of that postcard, he identified himself as a high priest of the mysteries, because on the front of his Christmas cards that he sent to all of his followers was the penis of Osiris, the Phelas, the obelisk with a nice red bow tied around the base which represented the testes. You know what he was saying to you? Are there any children in here?

He was saying.

He was laughing at you. So was every other member of the Illuminati.

He was a highly degreed member of the sovereign and military order of the Knights of Malta, which was taken over in the peasants revolt in England by the Knights Templars, who had sworn revenge upon the old hospitalers of St. John's, which later became the knights of Malta because of their role in the suppression of the Templars. How many of you watch Trinity network? How many of you watch Pat Robertson? You ever seen the cross in the crown?

Do you know what that means? It's the symbol of the Templars. The Knights Templar. It is the symbol of the unification of the church and the government over the people. Is that what you want?

Every time any church gets control of government, the people suffer. It has always happened. That's why our founding fathers established a country where that was not supposed to happen, where everybody was free to worship at the altar of their choice. And if you think they were all of one, mind, you better think again. How many religions of the protestant group do you think existed in this country when our founding fathers put together the constitution, over 1500 different groups, all claiming they were right, teaching a different dogma, quoting scripture to justify what they said, and everybody else was going to hell.

So don't give me this christian nation bullshit, because that's what it is. This nation reflected christian values, because the people who made up the government in the early days were christian, but none of them agreed with each other, and they still don't today.

They very seldom ever have. What do you mean by Christian? 7th day Adventist, branch, Davidian.

Need to do some serious evaluating, some serious checking out of agendas.

You really want to take over the government and make it a theocracy? Because I'm going to tell you exactly what's going to happen if you do that. You're going to burn people at the stake who disagree with you.

And if that happens, I'm going to have to take up arms all over again, and so will many of you, because you're going to be persecuted, you see, because whichever one controls the government, you're going to have to conform to that teaching, and if you don't believe in it, you're a heretic. Do you understand what I'm talking about? What is our common bond truly? Freedom. Freedom.

Without freedom you can't be a christian, no matter what denomination you belong to. You can't be a Buddhist, you can't own a donut shop, you can't drive from here to Oregon, you can't be an american, because that's what it's all about. And that's the only thing that it's all about. Nothing else. Nothing else.

It's about freedom. Freedom. Only freedom.

It means you have to let other people be free, even if they disagree with you. I had a tremendous admiration for the courage of those two communists who had the guts to walk up with their little communist sign and their communist flag. Two of them young people, all alone in that sea of America, militia, uniformed patriots, and I saw people who wanted to kill them.

You know, I don't like their philosophy. They're misled, misguided. Communism was a terrible thing, but they had guts. I had a great respect for them, and I believe in freedom, which means there is no way in the world that we could have had that meeting on your state house grounds this morning, unless they had the right to do what they did. Then you had better understand that, because if you stop them from having their freedom to make their political statement, you have stopped yourself, you have stopped everyone, and that must never happen in this country.

It must never happen in this country, because if it does. There'll never be another congregation like this. And you'll never hear me speak again because I'll be dead and so will most of you. This country is about freedom.

Because only with freedom can you have all of the other things that everybody professes that they want. It's the only way it can be done. I hear all kinds of misconceptions and misstatements. I have the freedom of the press. No, you don't.

No, you don't. The man who owns the press has the freedom of the press. And he can say in his press whatever he wants, but you can't.

That's why I get angry with Americans when they say the Jews control the press. Who sold it to them?

How'd they get it? You want the press? Start a press. You want to be on the radio? Do it.

But stop whining, stop bitching, stop complaining. That guy that owns the press, that's his press. He can do with it what he wants, just like you do with your car what you want, because it's your property. He doesn't owe you anything unless you've got a contract with his signature on it that says he will print what you say. If you can't produce that, he doesn't owe you anything.

That's America. You know what's wonderful about America? You can have a press. I have a press. How many of you have seen my newspaper?

That newspaper is no joke. It makes congressmen cringe when they see it. It scares the hell out of the enemy. You too can have a radio show. I'm going to teach you how.

Just here. In just a couple of minutes, you too can publish books like this. I did it. The harvest trust is the trust for my children. I'm not rich.

I don't have anything. Know how I financed this book? I sold copies before it was printed to people who believed enough in me to buy them. I don't have any money. At my family, that's all the wealth I ever need.

I don't make any money from my radio show. Veritas has operated in the red from the beginning and probably always will.

But I got something that you don't have. I have a free press. It's mine. And I get to say what I want. And I get to publish what I want and print what I want because it's mine and I'm free and it's my free press.

That's why I don't care if somebody calls up my radio show and says they don't like what I say. Screw you get your own show.

I don't care that they complain, because I won't let them talk on my radio show. Screw you. Get your own radio show. This is mine. Belongs to me.

I don't have any contract with you. I don't owe you anything. I was speaking in California one time. A lady stood up in the middle of the crowd and said, you make me so angry. You're a terrible man.

Why didn't you tell me this years ago? She was lucky I was telling her then. I didn't owe her anything. But she blamed me because she didn't have the information that I was imparting to her on that day years ago. And I had it years before that.

I didn't know how to do it. I would have. Oh, God, I would have. You don't really understand sometimes what a terrible burden it is to know some of the things that I know and try to wake people up and impart this knowledge to them and find out that they just have walls built in front of them. They want to be slaves.

But we're making some chinks in those walls.

You too can have a free press, and that's what it's going to take to get this country back without bloodshed. And I'm going to tell you right now, unless we can be successful in creating a real free press, where the american people get different viewpoints other than those expressed in the establishment controlled media, there's going to be a civil war in this country, and it's going to come soon. The only thing that can stop it is by waking up vast amounts of sleeping people. Sheeple is what they are. They are following the Judas goat right into the sharing pins.

And from there they will go to the slaughter, and they will not know that anything is wrong until they smell the blood of the sheeple in front of them.

Anybody can publish a newsletter or a newspaper. Anybody.

It is not expensive, it is not difficult. And everyone in this room should be doing it. All across this country. And everybody that you come in contact with, you should encourage them to do it. And we should flood this nation with information.

Not rumor, not opinion, not bullshit. Documented fact. Everything you print must be documented. If it's not, eventually people will stop reading your newsletter or your newspaper. Because all they have to do is check out a few things and find out it's not true and you're finished.

You must publish only documented fact. And you must stay away from printing articles from people who will not document as fact what they put in their articles. That's why my broadcast scares the hell out of socialists. That's why in a White House memorandum, I was named as the most dangerous radio host in America. Not because I'm going to go out and shoot somebody, but because I shoot documented facts which cannot be refuted.

That's why. That's what's dangerous. Seek ye the truth, and the truth will make you free, and nothing else will do it. Jesus Christ has never lied to anybody. Why won't you listen to him?

Don't spread a rumor. Spread the truth. Document it, prove it, make it irrefutable, and you, too, will become dangerous to those who admire us in lies and enslave us in socialism.

Anytime any system makes you dependent upon anybody or anything or any system, you are enslaved. Understand? That doesn't have to be chains of iron. You don't have to be hanging up on a wall. You just have to be obligated.

That's all it takes. You, too can have your own radio station and broadcast anything that you want. You can broadcast your own shows. You can be your own host on that show. You can broadcast tapes of other shows.

We encourage people to buy satellite receiving stations across this country, purchase a very simple FM low power transmitting kit, and set up their own FM radio station in their hometown. And we now have over 670 people across the nation. It's not expensive. If one person cannot afford the cost, what is wrong with eight or ten or 15 or 20 of you getting together, pooling your money, buying one satellite receiving station, a small FM low power transmitter, and setting up your own broadcasting station? I hope you will broadcast the truth and not some agenda.

You see, what happens when you broadcast the truth is you piss everybody off.

Yes.

If you don't have my address, I want you to write it down. It's the harvest trust, PO Box 1970.

I'll repeat it a couple of times. Eager, Arizona. Eager is spelled E-A-G-A-R. Arizona, 85925. That's the Harvest Trust, Peel Box 1970.

Eager, Arizona, 85925. If you have purchased Oklahoma City, day one, it's on the back cover at the bottom. If you don't have a pin and you would like to have the address, you can go up to my wife's table upstairs in the second floor and get one of our flyers. The address will be on the flyer, and all you have to do is purchase that equipment, set it up, hook it into the satellite receiver, and you're on the air with your own radio station within just a few weeks. Broadcasting the worldwide Freedom radio network.

Are YOUr OWN shOws, ARe OTHer networks that are up there that ArE PaTrIOT broaDcasting, such as a maRinette. And others understand this, too. I'm not trying to tell you what the truth is, because sometimes the truth is extremely difficult to find. And sometimes we believe we're broadcasting the truth and it turns out we really aren't. But if we find out we aren't, we must be willing and instantly able to go on the air and say we were wrong and correct it.

That's a responsibility that we all have to carry.

It's embarrassing. I've had to do it several times because I'm a human being. I make mistakes, too. The only difference being when I make a mistake, it's usually not forgivable. It's what happens when you become a public figure.

Your wife can make a mistake, but rush LiMBaugh? Never, right?

I want you all to get interested in this. All of you should be publishing a newsletter or a newspaper. All of you should be documenting what you publish. All of you should have a satellite receiving station and be rebroadcasting programming to your neighborhood. All you got to do is make sure that you're broadcasting on a frequency that's not interfering with any other broadcast, which means you don't just check it at your house.

You get in your car, and you drive out 25 miles and all around and you make sure that there's nobody else in that frequency before you use it so you know you're safe. In my little tOWN of eager, which is A very small tOWn betwEen Springerville and eager is 2 miles, anotHer 2 miles eIther way, and you've covered everybody in the valley, and I'm up on a big mouNtaIn in the middle of thIs valley wHere the tOWn surrounds the mountain, and I'm broadcAStIng 6 miles in every diRectioN in my town, and it's militia cOuntry. ARIZONA is DanGErOus for socialists, and when the war starts, heaven help Whoever they send to fight in Arizona. This still really kind of like the old west days. In a lot of places, it's dangerous.

Where I live, Ike Clanton made the sheriff angry. One day, the sheriff rode 25 miles, grabbed Ike Clanton by his hair, and drug him to jail by his hair.

Which brings me close to the end of my I think it is. How much time do I have? Three more hours.

I'll be back up as well as will the others to answer questions later. Mr. Collins has to catch a plane, so I'm going to cut my talk short, and please give him your undivided attention. I'm going to tell you right now, because I deal in reality. I'm going to vote for Charles Collins, but at the same time, I'm a realist and everybody in this room should be voting for Charles Collins, but at the same time understanding he's not going to be the president of the United States, okay?

And I'm only telling you that so that you're dealing in reality. Okay. But he is the best man on any ballot in this country. Thank you.

Thank you very much, Bill, for coming in. And did you read the other ones, too? Go ahead. In appreciation of William Cooper for the continuing support of american and individual sovereignty. Say no to the uncles.

Folks who loved this country who all began to dream the same dream.

And when the morning came there arose across this nation people thinking one and the same and they awoke find their freedom and all their liberties had gradually been taken away. And when they realized the danger to their posterity, I heard those patriotic people say, we want this country back. We ain't just joking, Jack we want our liberty and our dignity and our freedoms and our rights restore. We want this country back. She's been driven way off track we're wide awake and we're madder than hail now and we ain't gonna take it anymore no, we're not gonna take it anymore remember go golden days when the stars and stripes forever symbolize close.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


PsyFi World – 10-11-2023

PsyFi World - 10-11-2023

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a narrative or monologue discussing a series of events and deeper philosophical and metaphysical concepts. The narrator begins by recounting a series of unfortunate events, including a cracked windshield and a minor accident. The narrative then shifts to a discussion about psychic phenomena, referencing Ingo Swan, an early remote viewer. The narrator delves into the nature of reality, time, and consciousness, suggesting that our reality is not continuous but is broken up into flashes. This concept is likened to how computers operate in time slices. The narrator further posits that time plays a role in creating psychic energy, with every snap back into reality producing ripples of psychic energy. The idea is that all living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability due to their existence within this reality. The narrator also touches upon the idea of space aliens and their potential understanding of this psychic reality. The document ends with a mention of the "Kazarian mafia" and their alleged efforts to suppress knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.

#Event #ClifHigh #reality #time #consciousness #psychic #IngoSwan #remoteviewing #aliens #energy #narrative #events #philosophy #metaphysical #computers #timeslices #ripples #existence #life #extension #KazarianMafia #knowledge #suppression #flashes #phenomena #understanding #space #telepathy #conscious #awareness #duration #metaphor #sorcerers #shaman #Aikido #harmonizing #temporal

Key Takeaways:
  • Reality is not continuous but consists of flashes, similar to computer time slices.
  • Time plays a significant role in creating psychic energy.
  • Every snap back into reality produces ripples of psychic energy.
  • All living beings, including insects, possess some level of psychic ability.
  • Space aliens might have a deeper understanding of this psychic reality.
  • The Kazarian mafia is allegedly suppressing knowledge about psychic abilities and life extension.
Predictions:
  • The contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy will soon be revealed.
  • Humans will soon discover how psychic they are relative to space aliens.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

PSYFI WORLD - 10-11-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. I'm way on my way outbound now. It's only about 1018. Been a weird day.

This is probably going to be the only one of these I put up today. The other one was my other talk was interrupted by a car being struck by a rock thrown from a logging truck and it cracked my windshield. And then after that, I pulled over in town here at a little store to get out and examine it, see if there's been glass taken out in the sense of chunked out of the thing. A very dangerous situation, which indeed there has. So I've got to get it repaired.

Anyway, I got hit by a little car. I don't know what kind of little car it was. Sort of those dark gray little cars. It was backing out as I was walking around my car. Hit and run.

They didn't even know they'd hit me. Probably knocked me over and torqued my back out a little bit. So I decided to just abandon a lot of the little extra chores and just head back after doing the shopping. Food is the important stuff. And now I got to make an appointment to get the windshield fixed and hopefully I don't have to deal with any fucking doctors on my back.

I got to do a lot of repair for that. Anyway, just not a good day. Big and stormy and so on. Anyway, so the previous talk I just nattered on about the ashkenazi and all of that. It's not important.

Anyway, and then I got hit by the rock. There was a lot of swearing and then I just shut it off. Anyway, so the thing I wanted to talk about really is this really kind of weird spooky idea which is related to Ingo Swan, who was an early remote viewer, like one of the very first, wrote a bunch of really cool books, really good thinker. I mean, he really thought deep about stuff in the ESP Psy world, right? So just as an aside, I'm going to start calling our Sci-Fi world that we've got coming up here.

I'm not gonna spell it sci anymore. I'm gonna spell it Psy because it's all about psychic stuff, right? Anyway, Ingo Swan had in one of his books, which was really a good book, he said that it's going to come down to contention I won't say a war, but contention between human telepathy and space alien telepathy. And it's a toss up. Or rather, we don't know how that will end for humans or for the space aliens.

We don't know how psychic we are relative to their psychicness, et cetera, but we're going to be soon finding out. Now, I have a view of reality here that says that our reality is not as is described by Einstein. It's not the little grit that in fact we have these our reality is broken up into 22 trillion flashes per second. And that time is the power for all of everything. And that time is expressed out of duration, is expressed out of consciousness as it recreates itself 22 trillion times a second.

This is pertinent because in my viewpoint, time is also creating our psychic abilities, right? If we wanted to think about it a particular way, if we wanted to envision it this particular way as time snaps reality back into self aware existence, bear in mind that when we're in the pause, we're still here. We're just not aware of ourselves here, right? We don't see the world. The world does not, quote, exist in that sense until we snap back into our awareness.

This is kind of, in a sense, this would be a metaphor that is derived. Okay? So let me reverse that. The way computers work with time slices 32,557 clock cycles on a 256 machine, right? And hundreds of thousands of clock cycles in the faster computer chips and so on.

That is time slicing, okay? That's taking it a second and slicing it into all of these little chunks for each and every one of those little chunks within the computer. Every time the computer does that, the software is given an instruction saying you exist now, you can do something. And then an instruction set is returned to the operating system. And the operating system does the very first part of that instruction set in the very first time cycle after that.

So it receives it and then there is actually a pause within the computer. That is so it's 132 thousand of a second being granted each time for an instruction set to the chip. And then there's the pause. There is no like turn off or anything. It's just that the electricity has to cycle again and it takes another 32,000 of a second to cycle in more electricity and get the next instruction set operating.

This is a metaphor for our reality, okay? So we cannot build any devices in this material reality that do not reflect the reality in which it is being built. So we could not, if we tried, make a continuous time machine. We could not make a machine that calculated time continuously without any gaps. Computers don't do it.

As I say, they time slice on the chips. Clocks don't do it. Look at how the mechanism has that little pullback as each time the hands are moved, there's a small fraction of a millisecond in which the hands rock back ever so slightly before advancing again. And it doesn't matter how big they are, how small they are. This is a mechanism that is built into all watches, all clocks, based on our reality.

And look at how we used the swinging action of a pendulum in the old days to power clocks back and forth. You'd have a spring and then the pendulum was the time slicing on the energy that was stored in that spring. And as the pendulum rocked back and forth, a mechanism would allow the spring to provide tension into the mechanism of the clock, and then all the gears would advance. And ultimately, when the spring ran out of tension, the clock stopped. Okay?

Electronically, we're doing the same thing. We're time slicing. We're doing this because that's a metaphor for how our reality works, that we are all time sliced individuals being sliced in or out of consciousness, depending on how you wanted to think about it. Okay? So it's my thinking that as time snaps us back into reality, we have this, like, I want to say, a wave effect, okay?

And so the wave effect is that as time smashes us into existence 22 trillion times a second, every single one of those instances produces ripples within the reality at an energy level. And the very first level of energy for all of these ripples is going to be psychic, because that's the lowest level consciousness or highest level, however you want to think about it, consciousness is the fastest reacting energy we've got. Consciousness reacts so many thousands of times faster than electricity or any other form of energy, right? So consciousness is the first thing to react here, and the wave, the cascading, the shock of time snapping us into reality causes psychicness, all right? That's the ultimate source for psychic energy.

Knowing this, you can in fact, augment that. You can play with that. You can game it, so to speak, right? You know that this is happening. You know that there's going to be a psychic push.

You know that it's going to be wavelike, and that to a certain extent, it can be counted on to act as a carrier in the sense of providing psychic energy, et cetera, et cetera, so you could augment your own psychic ability, understanding how psychicness works at an energetic level. Now, I'm quite certain that a lot of the space aliens know this. They know how reality is structured. Many of them can probably see it, sense it, feel it, whatever, right? They have their understanding of it.

Probably a great many of them are just like us, dense motherfuckers that just don't really grasp it and are still struggling with the idea of consciousness versus agglutorated grit.

So time at that level, the big T, time participates in creating us, but also creating psychic energy. The waves of the psychic energy roll through us just as they roll through everything else. You have to understand how incredibly complex and complicated and to a certain extent, messy this becomes. Because you can see that if you were just sort of standing there and reality snaps you back into itself, so to speak, consciousness places you back into reality for that 122 trillionth part of a second that in that instance, as the energy is snapping in, you would be able to understand how do I want to say this? The effect of time not only on you, but time as duration, that is going to persist in the form of thoughts, activities, events, these kind of things, continuation from 122 trillionth part of a second to another.

Thus, if you were aware of how all of this sort of stuff worked, you could like for one way to deal with it would be to set yourself a temporal marker and then knowing that that temporal marker was going to occur at the time of its occurrence. You put out a psychic thought, for instance, right? But you don't put any energy behind it at that point. What you do is simply create it at that very first temporal marker. Then you don't have to wait because it's having 22 trillion times a second.

But the very next snap into reality, you would then use the energy to push that thought that you already knew was there, waiting to be pushed further into reality. Makes sense. You would sort of play with the effect of time, knowing that you could count on these forces to augment your efforts. And so this is really what a lot of the shaman do. This is really what sorcerers and curanderos and bruges, these kind of guys, this is what they do relative to our reality.

And you'll see that even like martial artists, like judo guys, karate sanses, this kind of thing, they will know about this EB and flow sort of stuff. You see it in judo all the time, where you're getting contention and they're pushing back on the particular kind of throw you want to use. And you just sort of let it SAG a bit. And as you let your energy SAG, you're basically drawing them in and then you snap back, either reinforcing your original throw or diverting to a new one. But what you're basically doing is you're harmonizing with and this is what we do in Aikido constantly, is we're harmonizing with the energies that are presenting themselves as reality recreates itself so that you become part of that wave.

Then you become a lot more powerful because you're not fighting against it. You're not trying to produce linearity in a world that does not have linearity. So as I was saying earlier, we cannot figure out any fucking way at all to produce a continuous time device no matter what we do. And there's been a lot of people that have been trying for various different reasons, okay? A lot of them now are having to do with medical analysis and biochemical reactions and this kind of thing that need to be timed to a degree that would have the gaps taken into account, so to speak, right?

So our psychic, our psychicness as an outgrowth of the way in which reality works. So all beings that are snapped back into reality are psychic, even insects. You can prove this to yourself, right?

You're sitting in a room, there's a bug, you see a fly, it flits around, and then it lands on the table, okay? You can prove that that bug can pick up psychic impressions by thinking to yourself to the point that you're envisioning all of the actions involved, and all you're ever going to do is think about it, right? You're not ever going to do it, but you think to yourself about smacking the fly with something, right? You think to yourself, I'm going to pick up this magazine and I'm going to smack that fly and kill it. And if you think this solid enough, put enough energy into it, that bug will react, it will pick it up.

Now, bugs, of course, are going to be somewhat dense to this sort of thing, right? They're not going to necessarily be as energetically perceptive as mammals, this kind of thing, right? And so you can do this with regular mammals. We all know the effect of where you're thinking about someone and they call you, or when, hang on, okay, what's this guy doing?

He's going slow. He wants me to pass him, but I can't do it because of the hill up here. Anyway, so anyway, as I was saying, we're coming down to it, and I think that there's a time component within our reality here. So little t time, not big t, but I think there's a time component that also interacts and plays around with our psychicness and that it's better to know that there are temporal aspects of psychic phenomena. When you're doing it that way, you can take advantage of and you can harmonize on these temporal aspects.

It's difficult to explain where I want to head with this because there's a lot of stuff I don't understand about it yet. There's a lot of stuff that I'm still speculating on and still conjugating on relative to manifestations in our reality that are showing up as psychic ability or psychic events with a temporal component. And the temporal part matters. Okay? So if we were more advanced, or if we were speculating that the space aliens telepathy is more advanced, then you might be able to as a telepathic being or a psychic being, you might be able to say to yourself, oh, that's an old you get a psychic impression.

You could say, oh, that psychic impression is old. It's not likely to manifest. It is something that was put out into the ether here and pushed out, and I've picked up on it, but there's no follow up behind it because of XYZ. So it'd be kind of like you pick up a psychic impression like you were the fly picking up the impression about being swatted. Now, bear in mind that the fly time slices.

It doesn't have a brain, doesn't think this way, but it is psychic because it is alive, because it's exhibiting living tissue, it is psychic and it's picking up your impression, and it ultimately will react to your thought of going to kill it. Now you have to think you're going to kill it solidly. You have to envision that you have to put some energy into it. You have to know that this is a reality that you can execute because the fly is not going to react to your fantasy, unlike humans, okay? Humans will react to your having a fantasy about all of this stuff just because you can put that information out there.

And humans are extremely susceptible to picking up information, and sometimes some humans have very little discrimination power, and they pick up information, and they assume because of the way they've got it, that it's valid and it's real. Now, this is one of the ways I differ from most of the Wu people. I don't ever assume that any of this shit I come across is in any way real. And I have very strict protocols for myself for analyzing all psychic impressions and this sort of thing such that I can eliminate or at least reduce the amount of misdirection that I get from the misdirection that is inherent in psychicness. Because it may be certainly a science, but it is not a deterministic activity because of the nature of the energies involved.

So you will find that maybe you're really psychic, and every time you think of the I'm going to smack you fly exercise, that fly lifts up and flies away right away. Okay? Or you may find that if you do this repeatedly over many days, you find you're more effective at it on some days than other days. That's the usual state with humans. The usual state is that our psychicness is so variable as to call it into question, especially in the Kali Yuga, or especially as coming out of the Kali Yuga, where we've been through that mindfuck of the Kali Yuga, and we're really dense and stuff.

And so to a certain extent, you can easily discount psychicness in humans during that period of time because it is not a replicable activity. You can't do it on demand. Therefore, we can say it doesn't exist, because if you can't demonstrate it, it doesn't exist, which is basically the way our reality operates.

So that being the case, I apply these metrics, so I don't assume any dream I'm ever going to get is psychic, no matter how many dream logs I'm going to create, right? I have to see some evidence before I will say that, all right, I've gotten a psychic impression. Now, I've had such a thing today. When I got up and got in and got moving, everything was off. Everything was just decidedly off.

Ended up leaving the house late. Everything was just decidedly not usual today. And what happens here? Hardly got on the road. My car started giving me some grief.

Drove in most of the way into town. I get the windshield broken, and then later on, I get bumped by this car at this little parking lot area. So it wasn't like it smacked me. It was backing up. It didn't know I was there.

It sort of pushed me and bashed me, and I was able to recover because I have done Aikido for a lot of years. I have a soreness in my back. It's not a big deal, but so what should I have done, right? So I get up in the morning and I've got this psychic impression. Just because of how cruddy I feel, do I react to it and say, no, shouldn't go into town today.

That really would have been the best thing to do. If I had done that, I would not have had the cracked window. I would not have been hit by the car. So should I have reacted? Probably, right?

If the goal was to avoid all of this, probably. But if the goal was to reinforce my ability to understand my psychicness, I needed to understand this to this level by having the window broken, by being hit by that little car, because I knew when I headed out, it was just not going to be a good day.

Anyway. So our psychicness has this temporal component in it, and I've been working with some of these temporal components in relation to remote viewing, all right? And so it's a tricky concept to get across. But the concept is that the aliens may not have to deal with the bullshit, right? Because they have, let's just say, aliens on the moon.

They have not been suffering the Kali Yuga. They don't have the Kazarian mafia. They don't have them trying to mask all of this stuff. By the way, the Kazarian mafia is desperately you not think of yourself as psychic. You wouldn't believe how desperate they are about that.

They're almost as desperate about that as they are about life extension, okay? The Khazarian Mafia desperately wants to live forever or live a lot longer, and they're even willing to take their consciousness being shoved into a machine. They don't understand what that means because they wouldn't have feeling. They wouldn't have sensation. And sensation life without sensation is hell anyway.

So the Kazarians are really stupid and fucked up, but they've caused our society to be really stupid and fucked up. Some space aliens living up on the moon without the Kazarians there fucking with them. They know about our reality. They know about the flash that creates the reality. They know about the time.

They know about temporal ripples. They know about time being carried forward as an energetic expression of the recreation of the reality 22 trillion times a second. They know all of this kind of stuff, right? And so they would be able to think about and have a lot longer discussion or a lot longer research and cogitation about the nature of our reality. And in my opinion, these guys are going to be much more realistic if they think about this stuff in this way at all, but they will be much more realistic about what's going on.

And so they won't have the Khazarian Mafia trying to put them down every time they bring up some little psychic bit of stuff. If we did that, we would have far less of the if we were open about it, then everybody could criticize each other and we could have a formalized protocol that says, oh no, your dream didn't mean anything. It's because you had those nacho cheese burritos and those five plates of spicy wings and those four beers that you had that drink, that dream, and that it's not going to manifest. And then sure enough, when it doesn't manifest, everybody would point out and say, look, you can't trust your dreams after eating spicy wings and nachos.

So we would have that kind of validation, right? Because it would also be able to validate it when you did get the dream, right, when you were getting an effective intuitive information out of reality. Most people don't have protocols. They're going to accept any kind of weird shit that pops into their mind as being legit. This is why I liked Dick Dalguyer and his remote viewing crew, is that they have a formalized rigid structure for the analysis of this.

And note they still get bullshit in there. They still get weird crap showing up, right? Because our minds are complex and they invent shit all the time, can't help it. And so they're just going to shove stuff in there. And because of certain things, you will accept that the shit that your mind shoved in there is accurate and psychic when it's not.

This is why it's all woo. It's not replicable. It's not deterministic science like chemistry. If you put these three chemicals together in this mix, in this particular order, under these atmospheric pressures and this temperature, it's always going to produce this chemical reaction to this degree. And so that's a deterministic science.

The wu sciences are not like that. You can have everything set up that you're aware of, same parameters every fucking way, but the psychicness does not show up this particular time. And it's because there are so many parameters in universe that you don't control and that you're not even taking into account, right? I've been investigating how the Egyptians had thought of the interior of the brain using their little Egyptian eye motif symbol thing, and looking at the history of that and what they're trying to convey. And these guys knew so ancient Egyptian social order from which we get these images 7000 years back.

So back in the previous Silver Age, or maybe as late as the previous Bronze Age, they were aware of this shit, and they knew that psychicness was revolving down to this particular complex in the brain. And they even pinpointed the center of it. They even did stuff to augment it at a physical level. They were trying to turn their psychicness stuff into a technology. Maybe they achieved it before the end of the Bronze Age, I don't know.

The Kali Yuga wipes out all of the records and this kind of shit. Plus we've got the evil Kazarian mafia out there deliberately wiping out all the records because they don't want you to know you're psychic. Now. It's going to be impossible for humans to ignore this shit in the very near future simply because of the fucker better stop. Almost got hit again.

So that's the kind of day it is. At least I made it to my driveway anyway. So there are things you can do to augment the psychicness. There are ways to and I'm exploring this. At some point I'll write something up about the whole thing.

And probably we need to formalize it and figure out what parameters of time are involved and all of this kind of thing. But it is existent Kazarian mafia are fighting desperately. I think they're going to lose that fight. I think we're all going to figure out our psychicness here pretty damn quick and that it'll start showing up in relatively short order. Now they're trying with all of their distractions, their wars and this kind of stuff.

But I bet you it's not until I bet you when we get into the period of hyper novelty. So sometime after April 3, that's where my data suggests that hyper novelty will be visible. It's going to be creeping up on us over the rest of this year and into next year. But by April 3, it'll be visible and we'll be discussing it not just the woo people, but regular people will be discussing what the fuck, what's going on, blah, blah, blah. And so I have to get out and put shit together and haul it in and store it and stuff.

But anyway, so when you wake up in the morning and your whole fucking world is saying no, you don't want to go out and do what you'd have planned, maybe you'd better pay attention. Probably it's going to be worth doing it, not going out and doing this stuff, paying attention to the psychicness. It's probably going to be worth that at least one out of every two times. All righty, guys, I got to go and do stuff.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


YHWH Eh, gods? What’cha Gonna Do? – 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The document discusses the speaker's perspective on religion, spirituality, and consciousness. The speaker identifies as a schizotypical and sigma male, emphasizing their isolation and lack of affiliation with organized religion. They delve into the relationship between mental illnesses, like schizophrenia, and the emission of pheromones that cause discomfort in others. The speaker also explores their spiritual understanding, living in a "vibratory reality" where consciousness is the core element that brings existence into and out of reality at a rapid frequency. They reference their theory called "Wooble," which explains magnetism in a way unaddressed by quantum mechanics or physicists. The speaker has experienced death three times, providing them with unique insights into life, death, and the afterlife. Each death experience has been consistent, affirming their belief that death is not the end but a transition into a different, fear-free reality. The speaker assures that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and timeless joy, though the reality is more complex than it seems.

#Religion #Spirituality #Consciousness #SigmaMale #Schizotypical #MentalIllness #Pheromones #Isolation #VibratoryReality #WoobleTheory #Magnetism #QuantumMechanics #Physicists #Death #Afterlife #Heaven #Joy #Existence #Reality #Understanding #Insights #Life #Transition #FearFree #Timeless #Complex #PersonalExperience #Unique #CoreElement #Frequency #Void #Meditation #Philosophy #SpiritualUnderstanding #OrganizedReligion

Key Takeaways:
  • Speaker identifies as schizotypical and sigma male.
  • Individuals with mental illnesses may emit discomfort-causing pheromones.
  • Speaker believes in a vibratory reality where consciousness is crucial.
  • Wooble Theory offers a unique explanation for magnetism.
  • Speaker has experienced death three times, providing insights into the afterlife.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

YHWH Eh, gods? What'cha Gonna Do? - 04-04-2022

Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion. No. I mean, I'm not okay, so I'm not a joiner. Okay, so sigma males, I'm a schizotypical.

So schizotypicals are isolated, okay? Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out. So a lot of mentally ill produce stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off, and it is a pheromone.

And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on, right? So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am a Sigma male, so I'm not a joiner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding.

So I live in the woo. I've always lived in the woo, right? So in my world, I go by that old and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I call the Wooble.

And this Wooble explains magnetism at a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism. And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself, okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything. Vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators call the void.

And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void, and I know it exists. And this void is a space where there is nonexistence. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak.

And that one thing is consciousness. So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exists in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay?

So I know I live in that consciousness. So for me, I have never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call him, exists. I think that's cool.

Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way, much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life. In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018, when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM. By 5 CM.

By 4 CM, it had blocked my intestine, and I had lost 50 pounds in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying. And so I've had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die. And so I have confirmation that death is not the end.

Right? And is it better that the world that we go to do after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better. How do you define better?

And so on. It is different. There is no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it, and it's different. It is simply part of what we're doing.

And so, in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death. For most people, that is the case.

Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven and an absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist, but it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Space Budo – 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Episode Summary:

The document appears to be a discourse on various topics, primarily revolving around extraterrestrial beings, martial arts, and human nature. The author begins by referencing a recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and Nino Rodriguez, highlighting Cassidy's frustrations with the pace at which certain events are unfolding. The author then delves into a reflection on humans, aliens, and their perceptions of each other. The narrative suggests that humans often romanticize the idea that extraterrestrial beings live in a utopian world of love and peace. However, the author challenges this notion, arguing that just like Earth, other planets might also have challenges, struggles, and contentions. The document also touches upon the history of UFOs in the U.S., mentioning an alleged encounter between President Eisenhower and extraterrestrial beings. The author then transitions to discussing "Buddha," which refers to martial arts and the philosophy of self-challenge and self-improvement. The author emphasizes that martial arts are not just about physical combat but also about personal growth and understanding oneself. The narrative concludes with the idea that humans and aliens might find common ground in their respective philosophies and approaches to life.

#Aliens #MartialArts #Buddha #SelfGrowth #UFO #Eisenhower #KerryCassidy #NinoRodriguez #Challenges #Philosophy #Extraterrestrial #HumanNature #Contention #Struggle #Perception #Understanding #SelfChallenge #History #Love #Peace #Earth #Universe #CommonGround #Life #Reflection

Space Budo - 09-13-2023

Hello, Humans. Hello, humans. It's about 11:11 something 11:06 on the 13th September, day after Alien Day, which sort of the thing I wanted to talk about. Anyway, I'd been watching videos the other day while cleaning up in my what I laughingly call my office, which is more of a warehouse these days. Anyway, while I was cleaning up, I was listening to various videos and stuff, right?

Not really watching, just had it running and listening to what everybody was saying. One of them I listened to was the recent interview between Kerry Cassidy and was being interviewed by Nino Rodriguez. Now, just as an aside, I'm going to talk to Nino tomorrow. I'm going to talk with him tomorrow. And then Dick Algae and I are setting up a day to do one.

But what you really need to pay attention to is Dick Algae today on Jean Claude his Beyond Mystic channel, which is doing great stuff, by the way, and it's going to get better. Anyway, so I'm listening to Carrie Cassidy bitch out Nino Rodriguez. And she did. She was just on his case now. She was bitching to him about Juano Saving.

And basically it came down to people are not doing what she wants when she wants it, and she has some legitimate bitches, right? It's hard for her to understand. These complaints are accurate, they're factual, they're felt by a lot of people. And she was basically complaining that the white hats, the good guys aren't doing stuff fast enough. We don't know they're out there.

We're not going to be able to recover from this level of degradation that we're suffering now. And she's getting somewhat fearful about this, right? And she got really whipped up about it. Now, as I say, I'd seen a lot of videos that day, and this was just one in a series that got me to thinking about humans and aliens in a different way than usual. Okay?

So sort of track me with this. It might be a little bit difficult, right? Okay. So when I had the interview with Rayner the other day, the lawyer, I don't know if it's out or not. I haven't looked for it.

Anyway, there was this woman on his team that asked me about a question. She asked me a question. She says she doesn't hear me talking about love, right? Doesn't hear me talking about emotion that way.

And basically she's coming from the premise that so many people in the woo woo world are saying, oh, the universal or the metaphor, the operating paradigm of universe is love is all there is, right? And love will conquer all. That sort of thing. And it's like, well, I kind of wanted to dispute her. I didn't want to get into it.

I find that viewpoint very dismissible. Okay? It's dismissible because we certainly don't see that as the operating paradigm here on Earth. Even if you just extract humans from it and just dealt with animals. There is not a whole lot of love within the animal kingdom, right?

Life is harsh, it is a struggle. There is lots of suffering. And to ignore that and I understand why you would want to, but to ignore that and say that, well, basically it's not like that on the aliens planets, right? They don't have to go through this kind of shit on the aliens planets. Now, that was the viewpoint she was trying to express and wanted to hear what my thoughts were on it.

And I basically said, I don't see that as an operating paradigm in universe. And I have a whole lot of I didn't get into it, but I have a whole lot of reasons for saying that. I doubt it is a factual understanding of reality, and it's certainly not a factual understanding of the reality here on Earth where we don't see a whole lot of love and we see a lot of suffering and death. And that I do not presume that Earth is atypical. And so that's the whole thing.

I don't presume that Earth is an exception. Now, I also listened to an interview with Sean David Morton. And Sean David Morton is talking about UFO history, right? The history in the United States of people doing things relative to the UFO subject. And that history.

He goes into it, he says that there was this time he talks about these aliens coming down to talk with Eisenhower. Eisenhower gets kidnapped for a whole day. He doesn't do anything in any of his schedules, the excuses. He's got an emergency dental appointment, which is bogus, and they took him off to meet aliens is the understanding, right? And so Sean David Morton tells this little story about the aliens basically telling Eisenhower, you're going to meet the Greys, they're going to offer you technologies they're not trustworthy, okay?

And we're here to tell you that we're not going to offer you these technologies for weapons. You people better stop the nuclear bombs because you're punching great holes in the reality with these things and no one uses these because of that. No space aliens do. And you guys can't go beyond the moon, that you guys are isolated and so on, right? You're embargoed anyway.

And so he tells this little story and then he says that, well, at some point the Greys show up and Eisenhower wanted to meet with them because they did have weapons. And he said, if those weapons exist, we want them, right? No, Eisenhower is a military guy, and so he sees the world from a military perspective. That's basically the discussion here is about Buddha, the martial art concept in humans, okay? So I'm a martial artist, and I've studied martial arts all my life, since I was ten and a half, when I officially enrolled in courses.

But arguably I had been studying them prior to that under my father's tutelage, among other people. Actually, I won't go into any of that. Great. Anyway, so I've studied martial arts and all martial arts are under this category called budo. Now I got my start in Japanese martial arts, although I've studied a lot of other kinds, a lot of other nationality martial arts as well.

Now I concentrated on Japanese. I've got a good basis in it, 40 plus years of experience and I'm pretty good at it, right? But here's the thing relative to space aliens so I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets just like us. In fact, we've just discovered a planet that's like eight or nine times the size of Earth, that has methane and water in the air and everything that you would assume. And so it looks like it's a water world like ours and therefore probably has life because there's that complex methane molecule.

Anyway. So I suspect that space aliens grow up on planets like ours and there is no reason to imagine that their experience with their lives are that much different than ours. In other words, evolution, such as it is, absent Darwin's goofiness applying it to humans and so forth, and absent Darwin's understanding of the very ancient nature of our planet, he didn't understand the yugas, right? So he was what's known as a temporal literalist. They just think time goes in a straight line for humans and we're only 40,000 years out of the caves, that kind of thing.

They don't really grok what's gone on here anyway. So absent him, I mean, there is evolutionary pressure, right? Things do evolve in this universe. This is apparent and known and so on. It's just not a universal principle that you can apply to every solution or every issue because there are times when things happen and evolution is abrogated, such as space aliens coming down and Gmoing us, and when they alter your genes, well, from that point on you're still evolving, but you're evolving from a different base anyway though.

So I suspect that space aliens have had this similar experience. I suspect that space aliens, if they're corporeal, have some level of the same kind of things that we do in the sense of nerves and a brain and so on, and thus probably have emotions as well as suffering.

That's something to consider, right, that the space aliens you're dealing with may have had as terrible a life as you have had or know. All is not love and light beyond this imaginary embargo. Now, Sean David Morton goes to, in his little discussion, he goes on to say that at some point humans were able to reverse engineer shit. We made a bunch of stuff and we kicked out the, quote, alliance of Palladians or whoever the fuck it was. And these are just names made up for these people, right?

The pleiades is a constellation. The Pleiades is not a planet. The constellation the Pleiades has thousands and thousands of stars in it and spreads out over a space of over 110 parsecs. So from our viewpoint, it's this nice little constellation. But if you look at it into its depth, there is not a single planet that you could say would be representative of the Pleiadian constellation.

Right.

Anyway, so Sean goes on to say that the Space Alien Alliance gets kicked out, we kick their ass, and now we're free to go anywhere we want, and that we've got people going to Mars and other space systems or solar systems and so on, none of which I buy. Right? I don't see any evidence for that at all. Not that that means it hasn't happened. It's just that I don't accept it because I don't see any evidence at all that I can suss out, not even little hints of evidence.

And there would be things that you could see within our social order that would betray that humans were doing this. And specifically, I'm referring to linguistic things that would occur anyway, though. So let me get back to the Buddha part of this. So, all right, so the martial arts evolved because in the Kaliyuga, we needed to protect ourselves, because lots and lots and lots of humans were low intelligence, and they would act out on their emotions. Their emotions wouldn't be under control, and they would be easily swayed or manipulated and or would constantly react out of anger, et cetera, without thinking.

And thus, Buddha needed to exist. You needed to defend yourself from those people that are basically just being
violent. Buttheads now, getting back to the violence aspect of it, and one of the things that Sean David Morton had said, he was saying that supposedly the Space Alien Alliance said that our minds are considered like pornography, so to speak, because we're so addicted to violence. Now, I dispute that and that we're addicted to violence, and I know the space aliens don't give a shit about that, and that the stuff that Sean is reporting is just hearsay that's been exaggerated off of speculation, none of which was factual or actual happenstance. And so, as I say, I dispute the idea that space aliens are in a bubble of love that exists on the outside of a barrier that's supposedly around the planet Earth.

I suspect that they all encounter the need for some form of martial understanding, a martial art, right? And so there's going to be fierce animals if they go to other planets. There might be other fierce aliens. So this will occur. And we note that the stance that was taken by the space aliens on the lip of the crater of the moon when we landed was threatening, okay?

And so these space aliens understand the concept of a threat, which they would not unless they had had martial experience, some kind of contention experience. Buddha, the martial art category, and science that was evolved in Japan, in the Kaliyuga, through the Kaliyuga, is a science of contention. Buddha is technically the science of challenge, okay? Because all Buddha is about self challenge. All Buddha is about exposing yourself to yourself, that you might observe who you really are, and it's all about being a better you.

And so all of the martial arts are about that. Now, a lot of the martial artists get into the martial arts because they got the shit kicked out of them and need to learn how to fight. That was how I got into the martial arts. I got the shit kicked out of me. And my dad said, you need to know how to fight.

And so he enrolled me into a very fierce form of what later on evolved into judo. But at that time it was called Kano Jiu Jitsu, named after the guy that they formalized the instruction parameters for judo from.

And my teacher had actually taken a form of he taught judo and he loved the grappling arts, but he had gotten his advanced Buddha degree in the sense of his black belt. His first black belt was in a form of karate called goju, which was hard. A, it has no official name. It's a weird form of karate. I studied it under Yamaguchi for four and a half years along with judo.

It's also known as the 200, and it's known as the 200 because any of these people that have taken this form of goju, in any given room, it is estimated there are 200 weapons that are available to them because of the way that you practice, et cetera, et cetera. Anyway, though, so Buddha, the martial arts are all about self challenge, making yourself better. And I suspect that we will find some analog in alien societies of a theme of the individual perfecting themselves or observing themselves or coming to know themselves through a form of contention. It may be that it's controlled contention, like our martial arts, or it may be that they do something like Coventry, where they just have a totally wild area. You get to the age here, it would be like as a male, you'd be 13, and they'd go and throw you into Coventry and tell you, we're putting you in at point A, you can leave at point B.

And if you make it there, right? And so maybe you got to walk 500 miles across a totally wild area dealing with everything you encounter in order to get to the exit gate. And that's Coventry because you make the covenant with yourself to survive and reveal yourself to yourself as well as to your social order. And so these kind of rites of passage, these kinds of challenges and contentions are necessary for the minds, especially of men. There's also analogues within women.

But I'm not going to go there today. I'm just going to concentrate on the male aspect of this. In my opinion, this is why most of the 20 year olds, most of that particular generation is as they are. They refuse challenge. They get awards for everything, so why bother with the challenge?

Just give me the award, right? And so they don't grow, they don't expose themselves to themselves, they never learn about themselves, they never challenge themselves. And when universe challenges them, I find that they frequently fail because they've not been trained in this, right? So I have had more contention, more physical, personal success in my life by age eleven than all of the 20 year olds I've met so far, with two exceptions. I know 220 year olds that are into the martial arts.

All of the others I've met or deal with are these other kind of beings, right, that have never had challenge. They only have child mind and they only have parent mind, they don't have adult mind, which is self reliance. Looking at yourself as you are, as much as you can possibly stand that, I mean, that's a really rough thing for a lot of people. And we'll also find that probably it's a rough thing for a lot of the space aliens. My point being that we will, in my opinion, discover that there is a common bond with the space aliens in that they will have some form of understanding, some form of practice, some form of formalized expression that we could lump under our category of Buddha without it even dealing with the contention part, right?

So I'm not talking various different moves or whatever. I'm talking about the attitude, the approach. Now, maybe they're 2000 years old in their Buddha or 20,000 years old in their Buddha, and it is extremely sophisticated to the point that it might take us 10,000 years to grasp, right? I mean, you can get really sophisticated in this stuff. And so the nuances that we might be able to learn from these space aliens would be worthwhile.

But I also suspect that, and this would be especially true if what Sean David Morton had said was true, if there was an alliance attempting to keep Earth people bound to Earth because we are natively too violent, then fucker, we're about to break out. This is an expression of universe, right? This is universe providing and guiding. Universe made us this way. It made the Khazarian mafia to put pressure on us, that we would experience Buddha, that we would experience challenge, that we would experience contention and war and get good at it, because you get good at it or you die.

So, as I say, I think I will find in the space aliens in some aspect of their organization and social order. I will find analogs that I will find comfortable with my Buddha and my martial art, that I will find them to be compatible, to be sympathetic in the sense of having the same level of vibration. Right? And that they will find that in me and we will have common ground. So regardless of what they may look like or their attitudes about anything else, there will be these elements that we will be able to grasp together and explore together.

And I'm also quite certain I will find minds within the space aliens that will be as interested in exploring our understanding of Buddha as I am in exploring their understanding of you know, like I say, I think Carrie Cassidy needs to stop watching movies too. She actually, she watched this movie, which is a good movie. It's called interceptor. It's about this woman that works on this Interceptor platform that's supposedly got death rays or laser beams or something to help protect the United States. And it gets taken over and she's got to recapture it, right?

So Carrie Cassidy sees this and she says, AHA, predictive programming, therefore. And so she was talking to Nino yesterday, and all of her language tells you that she thinks that the whole Pacific Ocean has got that United States is ringed with these Interceptor platforms, that they actually exist as they were portrayed. And it's like well, Carrie, first off, two things to note that if those Interceptor platforms existed as they were portrayed in the movies, they need not be taken over. A North Korean submarine could simply puncture one of the floats and it's gone, it's down. Even if it doesn't sink, it's so thrown off of its alignment, it's not going to be useful, right?

So it was a really stupid movie at that level. It was all there to aggrandize whoever this female character was, or female actor. That was the central character. And I don't know these people. I hardly ever see movies, so I just happened to see that one.

And I don't know actors, so I don't know who she was, but it was a vehicle, right, to make her into this action star. You could tell that from the way it was all structured. But anyway, so there's that, that if these things actually existed, you wouldn't have to go through all this rigamaro. You just send a sub there and just have them put a little tiny torpedo or bump even just come on up and bump the floats on the fuckers and just throw them off kilter. And so nothing is in alignment and they're out of business.

And Kerry does not understand that that the use of the submarine that way just to alter the alignment of the thing so it can't work, is the way in which Buddha and military people like to work. Okay? So if you're at the upper echelon of your military, you don't want to send lots of people to their death if you can use a single assassin to accomplish the strategic and tactical goals that are on your plate to accomplish. Right? And so real true martial artists, real true Buddhistas, we think of human life as a resource.

And we do not risk it where we need not risk it if we can think of something better. So Buddha is all about learning to think better. Learning to examine the problem better, learning to come up with a solution that does not involve contention. Contention, even to the
martial artist, is the point of flux. You don't know what's going to come out, okay?

You don't know what's going to happen. This I think this is one of my reasons for thinking that contention exists as a universal, that contentions exist throughout universe as a method by which consciousness forces the potential to exist, that novelty might erupt, okay? It must have things in flux in order that there can be uncertainty. And so as a martial artist, I sort of recognize this overall paradigm that anytime you get into contention, you feel it in your gut, okay? When you're a male and you're in a bar or whatever circumstances, and you see the tensions are rising emotionally, you're being harassed by a bully or there's going to be a fight break out among your drunken friends and this kind of thing.

The minute that your brain becomes aware of that, you will feel that in your gut. You'll start feeling that slightly nervous, unsettled feeling in your gut, okay? And this is your body reacting to the uncertainty that is about to develop. And that uncertainty will lead to irreversibility. And most people don't they don't like irreversibility, right?

They don't like the buildup of energies and then the shift over into uncertainty that is the fight. Because they're uncertain about the outcome, and they know the outcome is irreversible. They're not going to be able to back out if they get into a fight. They're not going to be able to just stop and say, okay, where's my trophy? I did this because it's a real challenge.

And so the body reacts to that. And it doesn't matter if you're an experienced martial artist. It doesn't matter if you've had hundreds and hundreds of fights. You will always have that butterflies in the stomach feeling at the point that your mind starts to recognize, even though it hasn't told you yet, so to speak, that contention is about to happen or that you're in contention and uncertainty is about to yeah, I'm going to talk to Nino about this tomorrow. Maybe we can get into some of these aspects of it.

I'm going to tell him, Poor Nino. Poor Nino. Carrie beat you up. She's just beating you about the head with a wet know whop whop whop. And it wasn't his fault.

She's bitching at him about 107 anyway. So I'm sympathetic to Nino's position relative to the contention he had with Terry. He wasn't even fighting her, but she needed to have someone push back. She needed the vehicle of being able know, get the emotions out. So if you want to understand what release language is about, go look at the video between of the interview with Carrie Cassidy and Nino, the one that they did, like, maybe two days ago, three days ago, something like that, because she is using vast quantities of release language in that video.

Maybe she was released language nine out of ten times. So you get a real feel for it, and I'll be talking to him about that and so on. But I'm going to talk to him about this idea of contention with aliens and our common bond in Buddha, all right? And so these things are not thought about by the fucktards that are in the at least there's no evidence that they're thought about by the fucktards that run the WEF and run the Biden regime and run NASA and all of these kind of things, right? You just don't hear or see any sign that these guys are deep thinkers and have considered our future relationship and where to look for common ground and where also to be looking for direction from universe as to who we're dealing with.

So once we get into dealing with the space aliens, I will be able to tell you so much about them and their history that at a broad level, so I wouldn't know any of the specifics, but all I would have to do is to understand what their view of contention is. And if they have a formalized Buddha, and even if not a formalized Buddha, do they have this thread within their social order? And so anyway, because of the aliens yesterday in the Mexican Congress and so on, this is a very pertinent kind of a discussion. Now, also bear in mind that as a martial artist, I approach everything I do as Buddha. If I'm going to sweep the floor, I want to make sure I sweep the floor with mindfulness and to do the best possible job and to improve myself in the process of sweeping the floor.

It's just the way you live. And there's very few of us alive that are doing this, right? Most people are not at this level. It's not like anything I'm claiming. It's not like I'm saying it makes me a good guy or anything, right?

It's just the nature of my karma that I am here as this personality at this time. And it's the nature of my karma that Buddha has had a major impact on my personality. Also, by the way, so Dick Algae did a song about me. It's like very cringeworthy from my viewpoint. I appreciate it.

I love Dick like a brother. I'm just not into that kind of thing. I'm not into personality aggrandizement because I recognize that I've had lots of fucking lives, okay? I've had lots of fucking personalities. And I kind of have a joke.

It's like, well, if you like me now, you should have seen me two lives back. I was the life of the party. So anyway, so as I say, I'm going to be talking to Dick, and I'm not on his case about it or anything. I appreciate the work he put into it and the skill he's got. But also, I seriously appreciate the gesture and that he was moved by Universe to poke me in the ribs there.

So I take it personally, but not pissed at Dick over this. And I'll be talking to him sometime in the next few days, I guess. Maybe this weekend, maybe next week. I don't know. Anyway, we'll get into it.

I'm here now, and I got to offload a lot of stuff, but just a few thoughts on the weird nature of our reality. And people bitching about shit all the time. Okay, so anyway, I'll see you guys later. I'll put up links to the interviews and the videos that I'm going to be doing in the next little bit. I was sort of coming out of my hiatus here because I'd accomplished what I wanted with some of my off time.

Now I'm going to go back into.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.


Dwapara Virtue – 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Dwapara Virtue - 05-27-2023

Episode Summary:

The text presents a philosophical and metaphorical discussion of time, not as a dimension, but as an active entity that powers reality and has dynamic qualities that can be manipulated. Using the analogy of our solar system's elliptical revolution around the galactic center, the speaker frames this in the context of ancient Hindu Yuga cycles - Golden, Silver, Bronze, and Iron, each with different effects on human progress. They state that we are in the Bronze Age, ascending towards the Galactic Center, which they associate with innovation and growth, evidenced by advances like electricity and mass communication. Lastly, the speaker discusses the current educational system's inadequacies, advocating for a shift from teaching subjects to teaching children how to learn.

The text discusses varied learning styles and the importance of discovering one's own, to optimize individual education. It emphasizes an ongoing process of learning and adapting to new knowledge, amidst an era of information explosion. The author cites historical instances where vital knowledge was lost due to the destruction of important literature and discusses theories about the evolution of religions and significant earth changes. The text also explores the impact of our proximity to the Galactic Center on human consciousness and the concept of experiencing different ages in many lives, emphasizing that disruption and recreation are necessary for novelty in our quest for new consciousness.

The text describes a historical perspective on the role of the Khazarian mafia, relics of the Kaliyuga period, influencing major societal changes through religious and socio-political manipulation. It emphasizes the concept of warfare and human sacrifice originating from the Kaliyuga, affecting religions like Judaism and Christianity. It also suggests the role of space aliens in the conquest of ancient, non-warlike societies. Additionally, it talks about how the Khazarians used hypnotic substances to infiltrate and influence empires, leading to their destruction. Finally, it mentions the ongoing struggle against the Khazarian mafia's influence, rooted in a 6000-year-long conflict involving space aliens.

The text discusses a concept of harnessing energy from the universe's vibratory frequency, suggesting the potential to create a chip resonating with the frequency, thus generating electricity. This could form a fuel-less source of power, lasting indefinitely with proper engineering. The narrative also critiques Einstein's time-space dimension concept, arguing time can be manipulated differently, unlike space, and Einstein's view traps physics in materialism. The speaker sees a future beyond this, with the potential for groundbreaking discoveries once we move past these existing paradigms.

#6000YearBattle #AncientSocieties #AquariusAge #Ascending #BeyondMaterialism #BronzeAge #Catharism #Cathars #Christianity #Conquest #Consciousness #Kozyrev #Education #EllipticalRevolution #EmpireManipulation #EnergyHarvesting #EnergyInjection #EinsteinCritique #Evolution #FreeEnergy #FuturePhysics #GalacticCenter #Growth #HistoricalInstances #Humanity #HumanSacrifice #HypnoticSubstances #Innovation #Judaism #Kaliyuga #KhazarianMafia #KnowledgePreservation #Learning #LearningStyles #NewEnergy #Novelty #PulseOfTime #Religion #ReligionsEvolution #Reality #Shamanism #SpaceAliens #Time #TimeManipulation #UniverseVibration #Warfare #YugaCycles

Don't say that about Charlie's clone! - 05-07-2023

Hello, humans. Hello humans. It's coffee break time. So May 27, about 915, something like that, out in the greenhouse doing a bit of weeding and a little bit of cleaning up and taking a break for a few minutes. Hello, doggo.

Anyway, let's talk about time is in my view, time is what powers our reality is this pulse. And the, quote, aftermath of that pulse is what we call time. And it's basically an injection of energy into our area here.

And the residual causes us to have this sense of duration and the passage of time. And the pulse itself is the creation of the reality in our consciousness in this coordinated fashion. It gets real complex when you look at it at that level. But we needn't discuss it there today. Some of the interesting parts of this, though is that time has active properties.

It's not a dimension. Okay? So Einstein came along and said, oh, well, we'll just treat time like it's any other dimension, right? So it's like distance, something like that. Hang on a second.

scripty noise.

And it's not time is not a dimension like distance. We can actually do things that alter our reality through time. And Cozy Rev has a number of experiments that do this exactly and precisely. And measurable and we're on the process of identifying the active and dynamic qualities of time which can be manipulated and used by humans. Now, time scales.

So time stuff that we can actively manipulate with our little experiments with bowls of water, mercury or lead weights or something like this. The time stuff itself also affects galaxies, stars, planets, humanity, the materium itself and so operates at that scale as well.

Time is a tool of universe and there's all these different qualities that we put to it relative to our human experience. But we do know that there are differences in time based on the quality of the temporal flux, if you will, the flow of it all. And so our solar system, we're in the third minor spiral arm of the Milky Way galaxy. Our solar system, based on where it is, has an apparent 26,000 year revolution around the center of the galaxy. This revolution is elliptical, it's not circular.

This revolution, as an ellipse has a very much narrowed tail, so to speak. Okay? So our ellipse looks much more like a comet with its tail than any other form of an ellipse. The tail part is elongated relative to the position of the galaxy center relative to our elliptical orbit. So we spend more of our time in the area closer to galactic center as a solar system than we do spending time in the tail end of it, so to speak.

The tail end of it also seems to have a definitive hook where we sort of turn the corner. That turning the corner. All right. This great year takes 26,000 years approximately. It can be divided in half into 213 thousand year segments.

Each segment can be thought of as either ascending, in which case our solar system is moving closer to Galactic Center, closely closer to the influences of Galactic Center, or it can be thought of as descending, in which case you're moving away from Galactic Center.

Yugi Cycles and the corresponding Dwarpa
We consider that chunk of our exposure to Galactic Center to be the Golden Age. And in terms of the Yugas the Yugas, there's four Yugas. They're divided into gold, silver, bronze and iron. We've just come out of the Iron Age, just come out of the Kali Yuga. We're out of it by about 325 years, little over that.

So we have thousands of years to go before we get to the Silver Age. The Bronze Age that we're in now, the ascending Bronze Age, we're heading back towards the Galactic Center. That ascending Bronze Age is 2400 years long, and we're only into it 325 years. So we've got over 2000 years to go in this Bronze Age. We're going towards Galactic Center.

Okay? So there is a noticeable effect from the Yugas wherein humanity has more get up and go and more going for it as we head into Galactic Center, and we have less as we head away from Galactic Center. And on our furthest point away from Galactic Center is we are at our most dense. We ain't got shit. We've just come out of this.

Okay. The Kaliyuga was that part of our history where you didn't have electricity, you had the bare minimum of stuff in the way of energy. You didn't even apply the word energy to your own body. In fact, that's only in our lexicon since the early 18 hundreds, where they started applying some of these terms to the human body and stuff, and we started thinking about ourselves in a different way. Okay?

So we can I'm not going to get into this too much. It could take days, but we can plot where we are in and we have proof that we're no longer in the Kaliyuga. This is not a supposition. It's not an abstract mathematical calculation. There is definitive proof in our actions out here.

In reality, that definitive proof is the fact that we have electricity, the fact that we have mass communications, the fact that we have growing science, the fact that we have splitting diversifying science, even, however fucked up it is at the moment, so on and so on, right? So that we are in a period of growth. We're not in a period of becoming more dense. So on the other side, on the descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, there was a period of time in a Bronze Age, 325 years before we went into the Kaliyuga, where we started losing well, we were losing we were losing stuff all the time. We were losing the ability to do X-Y-Z and this sort of thing, right?

This is why we find all of these great monuments and crap all over the planet, the pyramids, these great cities, all the carvings on the temples in India, all of these different kinds of things that appear to have been done with and we know we're done with a technology we no longer have. And that that technology has been disappeared into into the realm of history. This was as we were going into the descent into the Kaliyuga. We've rounded that descent. We've come out of the 1200 years of the Kaliyuga, and we're into the 325th year of the Bronze Age on an ascending fashion.

And you will note, we've invented LEDs. All these different kinds of things are all happening all at once, and it's just like this bloom or explosion of new ideas, new thoughts, et cetera, et cetera. This is a very chaotic time indeed, as we know, and we have ourselves in the midst of a great war that actually has its roots in the Kaliyuga, which I'm going to in a minute. Anyway, one couple of things to note here in the Bronze Age in this particular time, we have got more subjects than you can imagine, and our school system is breaking down because it's still trying to teach subjects. So in my opinion, there is no fix for our school system.

If you're going to try and just teach individual subjects to kids, how many and what subjects are you going to try and teach? Right. It's not sufficient to teach simple mathematics. You need to now start thinking about teaching algorithm construction, design, pattern analysis, for computer software, et cetera, et cetera, all that are based on basically arithmetic and mathematics. And so we have all of these different kinds of things.

So in my opinion, the way to approach this is to decide that schools are not for teaching stuff. We've got the Internet. We've got all these other resources for learning stuff. So in my opinion, schooling should be to teach children how to find how they learn, okay? So until you know how you learn, you're just stabbing in the dark at trying to acquire knowledge.

And so for some people, they're going to learn a language best by hearing it spoken. Others are going to want to learn to read it. Others are going to need to use AI for repetition to get the memory down, all different kinds of different approaches to this. And until you explore that and find out which way you learn, you may be choosing the wrong way to learn something, and therefore, you will be failing just because you chose the wrong way to go at it. So if I were going to set this kind of thing up, I would teach kids how to discover how they learn, and that'll change over time.

How you learn will change over time. So they need to know that this is an ongoing process, that they have to keep acquiring and sharpening that particular skill. And then I would describe to them the basic shape of the learning universe. This is what math is. This is what it's used for.

This is what linguistics are. This is what they're used for. This is what science is, and this is how it's used. And then show them all the cool stuff and let them and get out of the way and let them decide what they want to learn. And then simply provide them the backup to get into the individual subject to the depth that they want to do.

So and then tell them, okay, now in order to survive, you're going to have to understand certain things in our reality at a bare minimum. So let's devise a plan so that you will have these things acquired at a bare minimum level that makes you proficient and you can just get beyond what's going to be required, being able to drive or read road signs or whatever it is, right? There's some basic level of understanding that everybody needs to have. And then you go on and learn whatever suits you really, in this new modern age. And there's tons of stuff to learn and participate in.

And so that would be my approach to dealing with being in the Bronze Age here, with the explosion of new knowledge and new approaches to knowledge.

Now, the war we're in at the moment, okay, so let's be really factual and clear about this.

In the descending part of our great year, we lost all kinds of information.

At one point, they burned all the books in China, okay? Like at 200 Ad or 200 BC or something, this weird ass emperor went ahead and burned all the books in China. There was this guy that burned all of the books. There were scrolls in northern India at one point, and this was like, I think, 600 BC. I can't think of his name.

But they were convinced that books were bad and had evil and stuff in them. So they just decided to save their society the trouble for whatever reason and burned all the books. And reputedly the burning of the books lasted so long and was so fierce that the sands and everything around that area were baked that were vitrified by the heat that was generated, but that there was actually a smoke column that could be seen 1000 miles away.

They really put some work into it. So we lost lots of information. Now there is some stuff that's been saved, some stuff that was there was 10,000 books hidden in this one Tibetan monastery. There was reputedly another 35,000 books written in very, very ancient Sanskrit that were hidden in this particular behind a wall in a cave that is the back of this other monastery in northern India and so on. So there are repositories of some of this level of knowledge from the previous Golden Age that have survived the previous Golden Age and Silver Age that survived and were hidden in the last Bronze Age.

And so note that at the time, they were in the Golden Age, when they hid Gobekli Teply, when they buried it so that it would survive. And there's probably other ones like that that were also hidden deliberately from what was going to happen, and they knew what was going to happen anyway. So let's be real clear about this, that with the exception, the presumed exception of the Jain religion, that's J-A-I-N there's no other religion that has no other philosophical understanding that has come down to us from the previous Silver Age, okay? We think that the Jain religion appeared sometime in the descending Bronze Age in that 2400 year period just before getting into the Kaliyuga. There.

Let me see, so probably 3000 years back, we start getting all different kinds of religions popping up, hindu religion, all these offshoots of that. Prior to that, it appears as though there was what we can call the science, okay? And the science is the Sam kia. And Samchia is a philosophical approach, scientific approach to determining who you are and what is the nature of universe by examining your consciousness and then everything that is not your consciousness as universe decides to present it to you and noting not only what is being presented, but the order in which it's being presented. And it's in a relationship with everything else that has ever been presented to you up until that point and all your knowledge.

And that from this, apparently, Jainism became distinct sometime back in the very beginning of the previous Bronze Age on the way down.

That was a coincidental period to all kinds of stuff in our history in which there were vast quantities of movement of people and not in some level of Earth changes that we can get into. So these Earth changes at that period of time were the creation of deserts, basically, and may have also included the freezing of Antarctica. So Antarctica may not have been frozen over prior to about 8000 years ago. And that that was the case. That that the reason that it froze is the sort of like the opposite of the reason that we have the deserts in that there are some literature suggestions that there was an atomic war and one of the weapons used in the atomic war was a scalar weapon that was like the reverse of an atomic weapon and that it didn't blow things up, it froze things.

And they froze Antarctica with this, like, you might think of as, like a directed energy weapon, kind of cold beam sort of thing. Right? There are some hints of that in some of the older literatures that that was the case. We also find that the creation of all the religions so Judaism is a Kaliyuga thing, right? And as we're going in descending side, going into the Kaliyuga, christianity came about just as we're getting into the Kaliyuga.

So these are all remnants of the Iron Age, when we were where you didn't have energy, the best you had was a sailboat. We knew all of this stuff though. We had designs for water wheels, we had designs for windmills, all of this kind of stuff. But no one built anything, right? No one did anything.

There was not a level of energy within humanity that allowed us to be that progressive and do shit. And this is coincidental with, of course being the furthest possible distance away from Galactic Center. So the supposition from our own experience and from all of the science and stuff, is that the closer you get to Galactic Center and the reason we call these things the Bronze, Silver and Golden Age is because you're exposed to more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more and more energy at a consciousness level. And that truly your consciousness changes as a result of that. And you experience that consciousness differently than you will in the Gold Age, than you will experience in the Silver Age, than you will experience in the Bronze age, than you will experience in the Iron Age.

You're going to have many lives. So you'll experience all of these at some point, you'll connect with each of these different ages anyway. And that this aspect of time scales, this is an aspect of the time stuff. This is an aspect of time doing this in order that there might be novelty, that there might be disruption, that therefore there could be recreation from the disruption. All of these things are necessary that there might be novelty in our search for the actual new, for consciousness itself.

Anyway, so all of the religions basically are artifacts of the Kaliyuga and we are fighting now against the Khazarian Mafia. Now, the Khazarian mafia has deep inbuilt remnants of the Kaliyuga in it. So there were no insofar as we're able to determine in looking at ancient societies that we have physical evidence for throughout India, Africa, all these different kinds of places where there's remnant stuff about the social order, including even Brazil. Now, in the Amazonian Valley, we're finding the remnants of rather sophisticated social order in terms of number of houses and granaries and this kind of thing, right? But anyway, we find that these people were not warlike.

And thus that makes sense that we see in the Jewish literature and other literature about how easy it was to conquer these people, how easy it was for the space aliens to come down and conquer these people. And because they were not defensive, they didn't have warfare as part of the thing. They did even they didn't even consider it a feasibility. It didn't even take it into account. And we think of it as natural that there's enemies, et cetera.

Prior to that time, apparently the concept of a generalized enemy state or war state didn't really exist. And so we see that they're conquered by the space aliens. We end up getting Judaism as a result of the interaction of the Ill with the Judeans and the Khazarians. And these people solidify their power and stuff and come through the Kaliyuga they have within their religious structure, as we see in Christianity, are remnants of one of the main horrific aspects of the Kaliyuga, which is this idea of personal body sacrifice. All right?

So prior to that period of time, going back into Sam kia, we find the idea of discipline and austerity. And then over time, it mutates down into, like, serious sacrifice on yourself, starving yourself in a fast to try and get enlightenment the way that Buddha did, right? It doesn't work. It's stupid. It destroys your body.

There's all different kinds of problems with it. And even Buddha comes out and says, oh, don't do this shit. But anyway, that was a kaliyuga twisting of that discipline mindset that comes out of some kia that leads to this ultimate idea of personal sacrifice that then gets twisted over to actual physical sacrifice where you conquer a tribe. And you kill for political reasons as well. But you go through and you kill randomly.

One out of every ten males that survives this kind of thing. And that leads to these are all artifacts of the Kaliyuga. We don't find evidence of sacrifice at any level in pre Kaliyuga civilizations except for just before the period of time that Kaliyuga starts up. So at the very tail end of the other Bronze Age, within that last, say, two or 300 years of that Bronze Age, we start seeing signs of it. And it reaches its peak at about 500 Ad.

At the very peak of the Kaliyuga. And it reaches its peak in Mesoamerica, where they were reputedly sacrificing between a quarter of a million and a half a million people per year, cutting their hearts out very religiously and systematically and precisely destroying the body, separating it out into all of the various different bones and storing all the bones separately. And all of this kind of stuff, all about these rituals around the sacrifice aspect of it. Right. And we see the physical sacrifice of children in Judaism and the reputed tainting of the Jewish Talmudic philosophy with all this sacrifice stuff, which was actual physical sacrifice of children.

We see it in the Old Testament, where so and so is going to stick a knife in his kid, right? And then now, even centuries later, even out of the Kaliyuga, there's still this taint against Judaism relative to sacrifice. And we saw it as late as, like, the 1920s, where 300,000 Jewish people or more were attending a big convention or something, I think it was in Chicago. And they did a ritualized sacrifice of a child in the belly of this furnace thing. And to this day, nobody knows if it was a real child or if it was a mannequin or what the hell was going on, really.

We have film of it happening and everybody got really whipped up by it. But these are all remnants. We even see the sacrifice, the human sacrifice in the wafer and the wine stuff in ancient Christianity frozen by a Khazarian takeover in 325 Ad. So Constantine, who froze Christianity into Catholicism, it was 1200 individual sects of thought at that time. And he froze it into a religion and they called it Catholicism and he tied it to the Old Testament, okay?

Which was at that point, of course, it was the Torah. And it was being translated by these Jewish guys that were also spoke Greek and a couple of Greeks who also spoke Hebrew. And this was all under the direction of Constantine. But Constantine was in 325 Ad. Was 100% captured by the Kazarean mafia people, right?

They do it through mistresses and through drugs. Okay? So Constantine had a Khazarian mistress, as did I'm trying to think of the guy's name Justinian. So at the height of the Byzantine Empire, what happened to Constantine happened to Justinian, where he took a Khazarian mistress, who ultimately gets rid of the rest of the harem and using drugs, captivates Justinian and takes over the Byzantine Empire. And we see that within the next 40 years, the Empire is destroyed.

Now, it is true, there are consolidation waves, origination waves, consolidation waves and destruction waves for Empire that relate also to the Kali Yuga and the Dwapara, which is Bronze Yugas, right? And that this happens during this period of time. So this was not unexpected. It was just the mechanism by which it was done with the Khazarians is just very interesting. And they're using the same techniques even to the point of using the same species.

So there was this particular species of plant I won't go into it, I know what it is, and so on. And they got it out of Persia in both cases, right, or what we would think of as Iran. And this particular plant was used to create a drug that is a mild hallucinogen, an aphrodisiac, and even more importantly, it's a hypnotic it's this weird hypnotic drug. And so Constantine, his mistress and Justinian's mistress were both thought to be witches and both had, because of their Khazari and nature, had contacts through back through the Turkish peoples over to Iran. And it's known that they imported this plant to the respective courts in the empires they were involved in.

And so we see this influence throughout all history. And that's one of the things we're dealing with now, is this war against the Khazarian mafia. So that's why I keep saying we're in the process of dealing with a 6000 year long battle. Okay? There's also thoughts about that we can get into, and discussion we can get into about why the L arrived when they did and why the Theoi and the other ones that arrived with the L did arrive at that time.

There's also interesting notes that the Cathars, like the Khazarians, were driven out of northern India. The Cathars and the Khazarians both left, both were driven out of northern India by that war that created all of the deserts. That war involved the space aliens, the L and the Theoi and the Divas. So basically they're all space aliens. They're probably all the same group, we just have different names for them based on which group of human had to interact with them.

Anyway, that happens all at the same time. And so the Cathars go from northwestern India, they head down slightly south and then end up angling back up over to and settling in the coastal areas in Europe within outside of the bounds of the Celts and the Picks and these other tribes that were existing. And that these people that came on over the Cathars ultimately blend in with all of the Europeans and become the Saxons and the Toots and other Teutonic tribes there. That's where the Cathari approach to religion ends up in Europe. That's why it ends up in Europe.

Now, the Cathari religion is an interesting one, okay, so it's true that all religions stem from the period of time of the Kaliyuga. It's a period of time when humans are so dense they can't think right. We don't have enough light from the galactic center to spark our consciousness. And we have to do things through rote and through keep it together, basically by following the manuals, by following protocol until we can get back to a period of time where we can think it our way out of the problem. That's fundamentally a good description of what we have to go through as humanity.

There were, and there still are religious practices or philosophical practices that are not formalized religions that are not able to be tracked as such, but predate the Kaliyugan went through from the previous Bronze Age and they may have even come from the Silver or Gold Age, we just don't know. But Cathariism or and shamanism are two of these. And so the Cathari religion is just basically it's not so much a religion as a personal experience, philosophical approach of understanding universe that goes back to Sam Kia in that you examine yourself against what the material presents to you. And this one does involve the use of ecstatic drugs in the sense of hallucinogens and psychedelics and so on. So it's no different in that respect than the mysteries of Elysium or indigenous people eating peer cactus here in the Americas, which we know goes back at least 6000 years.

And that may indeed have been pre Ice Age. There's some suggestion of that. Anyway, so long understanding of all this. But time participates at a scalar level and is influencing humanity through those aspects as it influences us individually. And so we will find that as we go forward.

So everybody who's younger than me, who's going to live longer than me, will find that their minds will actually benefit going forward in time. Even though you're aging, you won't necessarily age and deteriorate mentally the way that previous generations have. We will lose a lot of that, right? A lot of the shit that we're carrying with us comes out of the mindset of these people that we're battling that want to keep us in the Kaliyuga. And so these are the people that want to do the human sacrifice, these are the pedophiles and so on.

All this is old Kaliyuga shit. We're dropping that as we go forward and our minds expand and universe won't permit it to continue. So we know that these guys are going to lose. This is the good part. As we're going into a we're in the new age of Aquarius.

We're 325 years into the Bronze Age. And as we go forward, more and more of the shit that was put upon humanity in the Kaliyuga falls off. And it is doing so not as an aspect of the materium, as an aspect of universe, without us necessarily having to do a whole lot relative to that. So we know that basically the trends are friend and we can harmonize with it and benefit from this harmonization. And we know that the stupid sacrifice people, the blood drinkers, the name stealers and this kind of thing are not going to come through in these next few hundred years for sure.

And that they will not make it into the Silver Age. They probably won't make it even halfway through what's left in the Bronze Age. They're due to have a major reduction in power as we get through this next little bit of increased energy. So each and every one of these things that increases the individual human potential causes a disruption in those people that get power by having humans be reduced, right? Slaves and so on.

So, for instance, we know that Zionism is doomed. There's never going to be any God that's going to come back and give any of these Jews 1000 GoI as slaves. No matter how much these people work towards that end, they are doomed because that's a Kaliyuga manifestation. And they're so stupid, they don't know we're out of the Kaliyuga. And that time does not support this anymore.

Now, one last thing, and I'll shut up and then I'll get some more work done here.

As we go through from Golden Age down to Silver Age, down to Bronze Age and then into Kaliyuga, and then in that period of time, we go from whatever energy sources were used by humans to do all that fantastic stuff in the Golden Age and the Silver Age. And then as we go down through the Bronze Age, we probably drop down ultimately into electricity and then ultimately into steam, and then finally into powering everything by shoving grass in a cow's ox's mouth and hitting him with a whip on the butt to make him go right, so that we. Get denser over time. We also lose capacity over time as we go down in this cycle and we also lose energy sources. But guess what?

Now we're in the up cycle. We're in the beneficial, the harmonious side of the cycle for us and we're gaining energy sources back. Look at how many more energy sources we have now. Look at how many different kinds, how much we're splitting the understanding of energy and getting further and further into it, et cetera, et cetera. I'm of the opinion that electricity has a limited use as we go forward and that we will lose electricity as a primary energy source as we understand it now.

And we will go to something that will be very much decentralized and that, by the way, centralization is part of the Kaliyuga and it's something that's going to drop away and fade away. All this stuff is going to fade. This is why I was going to say it's best to teach your own kids. Teach them how, they help them discover how they learn themselves and then give them the basic books, give them loom of Language, Mathematics for the Million, Biosphere by Bernadsky and a couple of other books. And then say here, these are your base resources, work off of these, you can trust these and we can filter everything through these books here.

And then what do you want to explore, kid? I'll help you out anyway though. So as we go forward here, I'm of the opinion we're going to lose electricity as a primary power source and we'll be moving into a new form of physics because our old physics, bear in mind, extends from the remnants of the Kaliyuga. It's an understanding of everything as grit as materialism. And we need to get out of that.

We need to start understanding everything as vibration and energy the way Tesla did. And so we will do that. I'm of the opinion that time powers everything at a level of vibratory frequency and it's 22 trillion times a second anyway though, so we can get into that. We're actually being able to make some headway with our time experiments here and we're going to do one around the planet here, probably sometime in Fall, where we're going to I won't go into it anyway though. So I'm of the opinion that we're about to shift in another energy sources, that we'll have new energy sources and this kind of thing, that we are not in a degradation level.

We're in a very fantastic change level where we're going to be losing. This is the last gasp of the Kaliyuga people, right? This is the last gasp of the human body. Sacrifice guys with all of this trans shit, chop your dick off for the greater god of our cult, that kind of thing, right? So this is the last guess.

This is not a continuing thing. These people are self destructive and this is going to universe in. materium is aiding that destruction because it needs to get them out of the way such that we can grasp this next bit of impulsive energy that will be coming our way out of Galactic Center. That once again is going to change all of humanity and Upwire us, so to speak. So anyway, that's the thought.

On time today, I'm really getting into this ship with the cozy rev experiments and as I say, we've had some success in this. Now, bear in mind what this implies, okay? So the implication is that if I'm correct and there is a vibratory frequency of universe that powers a non steady state universe at something over a trillion times a second flashing, and I think it's 22 trillion, but it doesn't matter. The actual numeric of it is immaterial. But the implication is that there would be some subharmonic that you could discover and you could just simply create a chip that wanted to vibrate at that particular frequency.

So maybe we're talking 22 billion times a second, I don't know, right? Some fantastically fast vibratory state. But there is some subharmonic of the flash rate of universe at which you could have a chip in its static state sit there and simply generate electricity for you because of the nature of what you would do to create that chip in harmonizing with the pulse in order to create that subharmonic. And so that would be your free energy you would have to create the chip. You'd have to put energy into making the fucker.

And it would not be trivial to do so. But once you'd made it, it would be a fuelless form of electricity that could just be plugged into shit. So you might have something like the size of a USB that you would just go and plug into something that was like a USB port and that would be your power source for that device. And it would basically last as long as the material of that device of the chip could withstand that level of vibration. And so I would expect the first ones basically we wouldn't know what we were doing and they would just flash into existence, create a shitload of electricity and then go poof because they were not engineered correctly to withstand the vibratory stresses on the material.

But that over time, we would get them to where they would be fairly long lasting. And so you could make one that might power a device for 1000 years or something anyway. And this is an aspect of the energy, the refinement of that energy, the getting out of the materialism and everything, that is an aspect of time as an active component of universe which you just don't find anybody who understands anything from Einstein's perspective dealing with because Einstein reduced time to a dimension. Okay?

So Einstein said in all of his equations that you might as well be dealing with distance whenever you dealt with time. And this is why we get this effect in all of these weird ass quantum equations where when you go to measure it, the waveform collapses and you get a number. But the quantum science, so to speak itself, doesn't tell you why that should occur. I can tell you why that should occur, and it's because Einstein took time and made it into a dimension, and it is not. We can demonstrate this by taking time stuff and doing active things with it in our reality.

And so I'm not able to take space out of the distance between myself and this tree over here and do anything with that space, right? It's like 25ft, so I can't take any of those feet out, and I can't put any more feet in there. So I know that this dimension exists and it's fixed. It has an enumeration that is fixed and won't change as long as the tree doesn't change its position and I don't change mine. That's not true of time.

We can actually take extra time stuff and shove it into the time space, so to speak. We need a whole new language to discuss all of this, but we can actively do that with cozy, rev's experiments, and he has done that, and there's others out there doing that as well. And so you can take stuff out of time and manipulate it, concentrate it, and use it, so you cannot concentrate distance. I cannot take distance out of the space between me and Alpha Centuri and do anything with it, but I can do that with time. And also, if we examine this and we take time and say it's not a dimension, then that instantly changes all of the calculations.

And you don't have to worry about curving space, because what you're having to do in all of those weird ass calculations is curve space time, so to speak, in order to accommodate the collapse of the time wave, which, like I say, is horseshit. Time is not a dimension, and I won't ramble on about that anymore. But Einstein is actually a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he was on the cusp, but he's a remnant of the Kaliyuga because he's trapped in materialism, as are all of the current atheistic, mostly Jewish physicists. All of that physics is trapped in this child sacrifice, body sacrifice, materialistic grit view of the world that is so Kaliyuga and is dying, and we just need to get beyond it, and we'll discover all different kinds of stuff. That'll be really cool.

Anyway, I got to get some more coffee and get the dog in and get some work done. Yeah, you get to go in now. Okay. Good girl. Woof.

Anyway. Okay, guys, talk to you later.


The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.

Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast – Interview with Clif High – 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Episode Summary:

The PDF document is a transcript of a conversation between James and Cliff, a self-described schizotypical individual who has had unique experiences and insights through the use of psychedelic drugs. Cliff discusses his ability to access a space he calls "hyperspace" where he interacts with non-human minds. He believes that his schizotypical characteristics and psychedelic drug use allow him to journey to hyperspace and interact with other minds, gaining valuable insights and ideas.

Cliff shares a story of exchanging ideas with a non-human entity in hyperspace, which he believes helped the entity's civilization. He also discusses his understanding of the human psyche, stating that all humans are inherently psychic but are unaware of it due to societal conditioning. According to Cliff, people's choice of language reveals their psychic nature as it often precedes events and behaviors. He has developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the vast amount of data. This system has allowed him to make predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he knew about before it was named.

Cliff has worked as a software programmer for various companies, including Microsoft, IBM, and airlines. He created a system that analyzes language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks from the data. He believes that humans are inherently psychic, and their choice of language reveals their psychic nature. This insight has allowed him to make various predictions, including the rise of Bitcoin, which he was aware of before it was named.

He further elaborates on his understanding of reality, consciousness, and the experience of death. According to Cliff, reality is vibratory, with everything vibrating into and out of existence at a rapid rate. Consciousness is the force that allows for this continuous recreation, bridging the gaps of non-existence or the "void". Cliff believes that consciousness is permanent and is what people refer to as God. He does not adhere to any religion but has a deep understanding and belief in consciousness and the vibratory nature of reality.

Cliff also shares his experiences with death, stating that he has died three times in his life. Each time, he has had unique experiences that confirm to him that death is not the end. He believes that everyone has a personal experience of heaven after death, but the experience is not uniform for all. Cliff's perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.

#Cliff #Hyperspace #Psychedelics #NonHumanMinds #Insights #Schizotypical #Language #PsychicLeaks #Bitcoin #Predictions #Reality #Vibratory #Consciousness #God #Death #Spirituality #Philosophy #Experience #Heaven #Afterlife #Life #Understanding #Internet #Analysis #Programming #Microsoft #IBM #Airlines #Society #Conditioning #Existence #Void #Meditation #Energy #Frequency

Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff identifies as a schizotypical individual, gaining unique insights through psychedelic experiences in "hyperspace".
  • In hyperspace, he interacts with non-human minds, exchanging valuable ideas and insights.
  • Cliff perceives psychic leaks in language, which he believes precede events and behaviors.
  • He developed a system to analyze language on the internet, extracting psychic leaks and making predictions, like the rise of Bitcoin.
  • Cliff explores the vibratory nature of reality and the permanence of consciousness, which he equates to God.
  • He shares experiences of dying three times, each time gaining unique insights into the afterlife and consciousness.
  • Cliff believes everyone has a personal, unique experience of heaven after death.
  • His perspective is a blend of spirituality, philosophy, and personal experience, offering a unique viewpoint on life, death, and reality.
Key Takeaways:
  • Cliff predicted the rise of Bitcoin before it was named, utilizing his system of analyzing psychic leaks in language.
  • He suggests that everyone has a personal and unique experience of heaven after death, although the experiences are not uniform for all.
  • Through his understanding of vibratory reality and consciousness, Cliff implies that individuals can gain deeper insights into the nature of existence and reality.
Chat with this Episode via ChatGPT

The Delingpod: The James Delingpole Podcast - Interview with Clif High - 11-04-2022

Welcome to the delingpod with me, James. Delingpod? And I know I always, always say I'm excited about this week's special guest, but I really am excited. I'm bouncing up and down and I see he's got his whiteboard in the background. It is none other than the legendary Cliff.

Hi, Cliff. Welcome to the delingpod. I've been so thank you very much. Now I don't know how far down the rabbit hole we're going to go. I just wanted to congratulate you, first of all, on that, your podcast, there's a Bug in My Woo, I think it was called, was just one.

I mean, I think you really pushed the boat out there.

Do you agree with me? Yes. The woo thing is a deliberate strategy and a tactic and that was a bit of work to get into that. Yes. Well, we might go on to that if we've got time.

But I know that the people listening to this or watching this are going to be divided between those who are going, oh my God, it's clif high, I'm so excited. And those who are going, who is this guy? Why do we want to listen to him and why should we listen to what he has to say? So for the benefit of those who don't know who you are, can you sort of explain what you do and how it is that you have these kind of insights into what's going on in the world and the way things are going to pan out?

I took a lot of drugs. I took a lot of psychedelic drugs in the psychedelic states I was able because all right, let me back up even further. I am what is described as a schizotypical, that is, a person who has survived, a family member who was a primary Schizophrenic and an early onset Schizophrenic. These people usually die young. My brother died young.

He passed in middle age. He was a lifelong schizophrenic. Siblings that survived Schizophrenic families are called schizotypical. This is not a psychiatric definition, this is a sociological definition, more of a collection of parameters, but it defines a certain kind of a mindset. It is my belief that because of my genetics, because of my schizotypical characteristics, I am able to take psychedelic drugs and I am able to journey to a place that I call hyperspace.

In hyperspace I am able to interact with what I call the other minds that are not human. A mind, other minds. There's much we can discuss about that, but I just call it the other. It is clearly a mind that is not human. In doing so, in my youth, I was fortunate enough to have an occasion to interact with a being that was a hominid, that was another that was amicable, and we transacted.

In hyperspace, I was able to exchange in hyperspace, there is no you exchange things of value, but obviously these are ideas and not material goods. Because there is no matter in hyperspace. You journey there through the psychedelic drug. How he got there, I do not know. There is not language as we describe it there.

There are thoughts that are made expressed in the medium of hyperspace by your mind that are not vibratory excitement of air, as I'm doing now. So I don't know how he got there. It was difficult to communicate. I was able to learn things. I did him a great favor by presenting him with an idea that may have aided his civilization.

And it was an idea that they did not natively arise on their own. It is the idea of a sacrificial surface. We call this idea paint. They were having a crises on their planet that involved conditions of an environmental change, and they had no way of coping with it. And because of the nature of the being that he was, they did not have sacrificial coverings like clothing.

Okay, they had decorative clothing, but they're just a strange being. In any event, though I taught him about the idea of paint, a great deal of deliberate experimenting on mine, I did not know how to make paint at that time. I had to go to my local state library and immerse myself in the chemistry of paint and try and get this idea across to this being. And he got the idea in exchange for that, he gave me the idea that all emotion for all hominids is intricately related to our vagus nervous system, and that our vagus nervous system is what allows us to peer through our energy bodies and extract patterns from universe that we might think of as present. I took that one stage further because of things that he taught me and applied that to language.

I then wrote a series of programs. I made my living as a software programmer for microsoft, IBM, gecmark, british airlines, american airlines for years. And as a programmer, I devised a system that went out on the internet and brought in millions and millions and millions of words and reduced them down to a thick word soup, from which I extracted all of the psychic leaks that people are continuously leaking out. One of the key things I learned from this individual in hyperspace is that all humans are incredibly psychic. We are trapped within a mind control that forbids us from seeing our own psychic nature, but it must leak out, and it leaks out in our choice of language.

Our choice of language precedes behavior and events by some distance. I was able to tap into that. That's probably my biggest claim to fame. So I knew about bitcoin before it had been named bitcoin. Thus I was able to be there when bitcoin was ten cents and take advantage of I have known about things because of things, right?

So because of this language aspect, and because of the knowledge I learned in hyperspace, I have learned things here in this material that I find to be of value for humans because others have listened to me. There are now many millionaires in cryptocurrencies that just listened to me and made their own decisions. I was not advising people to buy or sell or do anything. I'm just pointing out what is available to be seen if one knows how to see it. That has got to be the best self job description I've ever heard and an unbeatable intro to any podcast.

Thank you. At that point, I tell you, Cliff, at that point there's going to be a fork. Some people are going to be going, I'm not going to listen to anymore of this crazy shit. It's already gone too far down the rabbit hole. And other people are going, I had no idea that Cliff was this cool.

Anyway, you'll be pleased to hear that I'm in the latter camp. But it's good that you do have that, I think even the normis. And as you know, I was, until very recently a Norman myself. This has been a very steep learning curve for me this last six to nine months, whatever. But I think one thing that normally need to deal with somebody like you is they need a kind of anchor to the reality that they understand.

And I think they can probably relate to the idea of algorithms, of sort of searching words.

They examine word frequency, is that right? No, actually I do that to throw out all the meaningless words. Okay. So there's a key aspect of this that I've sort of hinted at, but I've never really gotten into the details of my emotional reduction engine. I figured out a way in programming to reduce words down to some quantified numeric, values, intensity, duration, in other words.

So I did a lot of work. I mean, I did over decades of work figuring out things. So I would put out on a forum, I would put out an outrageous statement that we should never ever celebrate Christmas unless Santa Claus has a blue beard. Something just really strange, right? And then I would use algorithm to find how far this word propagated out into this phrase propagates out into the internet.

So I was tracking language much more intensely than in mere frequency. So I never cared about frequency. Then I discovered some key things that I won't reveal the totality of it, but in England, in the UK, I'm sure you still maintain some of the older linguistic ways where they would say, oh, my palm is inching and it means something, right? It means you're going to get money, relatives, or, you know, I got a toothache. It means my aunt's got, you know.

So there's this like psychic connection kind of stuff to your body and the clues that your body provides. I was able to systematize that. Okay? So I was able to find the language of people leaking out in their casual conversation and gardening fora that would tell me that there was a new financial system coming. And I did it on the terms of hundreds and hundreds of millions of what I called reads.

And a read was finding these keywords and then gathering 2048 words on either side of them should it exist, and then coming back and running this thing through my engine. So I would run these routines where I had servers just sitting all over the place, dragging stuff off the internet, capturing words and capturing metadata about the words where we found them and so on. And then we'd run that for 18 or 20 days, and then I'd run processing for 18 or 20 days. It was a batch system. Because of the nature of the way I developed it, it was never interactive in that sense.

Right. I had to trigger it off and run it this way. And I would go through 100 million internet captures in order to produce an individual report. The vast majority of the 100 million internet captures were thrown out because it was conscious language, and I was not after conscious language, after that inadvertent slip of using one word as opposed to another. So I can give you a flavor of it by saying that there's three different types of language.

There's immediacy language, there's shortterm language, and then there's long term. Longterm generally tends to be legal language, right? And informal language that's going to have a long term impact on you. Short term language is like the everyday kind of stuff.

Immediacy language has an immediacy effect out to about three or four days, maximally out to three weeks. Shortterm language is from the beginning of the fourth week until the end of the third month, and long term languages from the end of the third month, out 19 months. And so by slotting language into these different slots, I could get an idea of when that thing is approaching to us, so to speak. And so that's what I did for timing. The timing clues were just terrible.

It was just terrible, terrible, terrible. Like 1215 years of work to get even close on that. And then the censorship, and then I got polluted by this blue chicken space cult, and it caused my data to go wonky. Nonetheless, for a while there, it was dialed in very accurately, and that's what allowed a lot of people to make themselves millionaires following my crypto analysis and these kinds of things. Good.

I wish I'd been a cliffhigh fan at that point. I'm a bit late in the game to pick up on this newfangled thing called bitcoin, but maybe there'll be other trends that you can spot that will help us all listening. I can tell you about those now. Yeah. So it's not a problem.

Don't worry about it. Good, because actually, one of the many things I love about you, cliff, is that you bring a message of hope. Now, there are lots of people on the internet engaging in what you might call woo, or sort of variations on woo. People have gone down the rabbit hole. But A, I think a lot of them are bullshitters.

They're sort of regurgitating what they've heard elsewhere. And I'm not going to name any names, but we know who they are.

Absolutely. You can also well, maybe they do carry messages, but I trust your messages of hope more than I do those of other people. I think there's something about you which I think is honorable and informed. Maybe I'm wrong. Well, no, you're correct.

Thank you for that. I count myself an honorable man. Right. So I'm a Sigma male, which is an unusual thing in our society. Sigma males are like alpha males, but we basically think beyond our own deaths, and we don't really necessarily want to involve ourselves in the social order.

And we generally live alone, are self isolating. And I have found that among Sigma males, you will frequently, if you can identify a sigma male, usually they have that characteristic we call honor. And I found Sigma males that are the head of motorcycle gangs right. That are nonetheless honorable men. And so I take that as a compliment.

I understand that as a compliment, and that is something I hold myself, too, is this particular category of honor. And this is very necessary, in my opinion now, because that's what gives us the hope that we all want. Yeah, well, totally. One of my experiences in the last six months, say, is finding God. I was brought up a Church of England, and I went to one of those schools where you had chapel services every day and twice a day on Sundays.

But religion was not the same thing as actually believing in God. Where are you on that one, by the way? Do you have a religion? No, I don't have a religion.

I'm not a joiner. Okay, so Sigma males, I'm a schizotypical. So schizotypicals are isolated. Something people don't know about schizophrenics is that schizophrenics have a tendency to put out pheromones that make people uncomfortable around them. So individuals not of my family could not stand being around my brother because he put out pheromones that basically caused them to freak out.

So a lot of mentally ill produced stuff in their sweat that makes us feel bad around them. And if you ever encounter an emotionally disturbed individual in the street and you get close enough to them, you will feel that reason to back off. And it is a pheromone. And so these issues with schizophrenics are formative in terms of how we relate to people and so on. Right.

So it was not in the nature of my family to be joiners just because of that. And I am an a Sigma male, so I'm not a joyner. So I would not have a religion in the sense of belonging to an organization that way. And I do not count religion, which is the organized discussion and analysis of an understanding, a philosophical or spiritual understanding, as being that spiritual understanding. So I live in the Whoo.

I've also lived in the woot, right? So in my world, I go by that old, and I don't even know where it appears, but that old Christian saying that a man's self is God, okay? So in yourself is God. Now, I have gone to some great examination into examining reality, some great thought into examining reality, and I've come up with a theory that I called a wobble. And this Wooble explains magnetism in a way that no physicist in quantum mechanics or anything can explain magnetism.

And I can measure the explanation. There's a part of my magnetism theory that has a measurement in it, and I can make that measurement that validates that theory. It proves itself. Okay? The underlying core of that theory is that the reality we live in is a vibratory reality.

Like Nikola Tesla says, frequency is everything, vibration is everything. Well, we are vibrating at 22 trillion times a second. We are vibrating into existence and out of existence 22 trillion times a second. And in between each of those vibrations into existence is a gap that the meditators called the void. And I'm a deep zazan meditator, and I've come close to touching the void and I know it exists.

And this void is a space where there is nonexistent. It happens so fast, our minds are not aware of it at any conscious level, but they do. They are aware of it. And I will tell you right now that there is one thing and one thing only that causes us to recreate our bodies 22 trillion times a second, to jump the gap of the void, so to speak. And that one thing is consciousness.

So in my understanding of reality, and if you go look at my video called Just Another Wu Cult, I get into these various frequencies. But if you go all the way down to 22 trillion times a second and touch through the gap, you touch consciousness that is there, that exist in permanency. That is what people call God. Okay? So I know I live in that consciousness.

So for me, I've never felt the need for a religion. No. But it's reassuring to have confirmation that God, as we call Him, exists. I think that's cool. Okay, so I've had confirmation in another way much more striking and brutal, and that is that I've died in this body three times in this life.

In this body's life, I have perished three times. Most recently was on Friday the 13th July in 2018 when I perished of colon cancer. They took a colon cancer out of me that was 5 CM by 5 CM by 4 had blocked my intestine, and I had lost £50 in the course of less than six months, and I perished. And in that perishing, I had the same experience that I'd had the previous two times of dying and so I had three times as a trend. And so I know that that's what happens when I die.

And so I have confirmation that death is not the end. Right? And is it better that the world that we go to after death better? We have to be careful about words. Better.

How do you define better? And so on. It is different. There's no fear. There's plenty of good stuff about it and it's different.

It is simply part of what we're doing. And so in my understanding, what happens is that you die. And if you are of a sufficiently deep understanding or accurate understanding, you are presented with the image of the mechanism of reality as it exists. Otherwise you're presented with what may be described as an artificial reality, very much like the artificial reality that we're in now. You would find it very difficult to tell the difference between this material that we're in now and the artificial reality that presents itself after death.

For most people, that is the case. Myself, I've died so many times and have lived so many times that I'm at that point where I'm interacting with it on the mechanistic level. So I do not experience or see what others would necessarily see. It is not a ubiquitous experience for all. And in fact, I can assure you that everyone who dies has a personal experience of heaven.

An absolutely perfect existence of timeless joy in heaven. I can assure you that this does indeed exist. But it is far more complicated than that statement would tend to suggest. Right. Where are you on good and evil?

I like good. I don't like evil. Yeah, they are objectively. They do exist, don't they? I mean, they're not just yes, all of our reality, if you go and look at my Wobble video, it gets into it deeper.

But all of our reality is based on asymmetry based on duality. There is the pulse that keeps us created 22 times, trillion times a second and there's the void. And so we're always oscillating between these two aspects. There's always going to be oscillation. There must be a counterposition for any position that anything ever assumes in this reality as we go forward.

So evil must exist simply, if for no other reason than to define good. Yes, funny enough, that was exactly how I explained it to somebody the other day. Somebody was saying, well, how do you know evil? Evil exists? Or how do you know good exists?

And yeah, the duality makes total sense to me. It seems to me look, we are living in extraordinary times, I mean, even unprecedented times. Have we had anything like this before? Not in the last 2780 years. There may have been a period of time, actually in around 1100, in the 1100 BC in which we had a chaotic time within humanity.

And that was the collapse of the Bronze Age civilization, right? Yes, I remember you mentioned that on the bug podcast. Okay, so in modern history and going back before the Romans, there's never been a time like this, correct? Right. And that itself is so amazing to me.

On the other side of the pulse, where all of us exist in our non alive state, the medium psychosis, it's called that point of time between lives, that's the land of permanence, okay? The realm of permanence is basically what we all call it there. Over here is the place where change can occur, okay? Change can only occur because of the pulse. The fact that we have the void allows us to move very much like moving pictures, only we're doing it at 22 trillion times a second because it allows our blood to move, our hair to grow, all of this kind of stuff, right.

It's got to be at that fantastic rate. But this ability of change is why the material exists. The material is where all of the matter exists, right? Where we are. The material exists for us to encounter change in order that we may be able to learn and grow and then take that back to the other side with us and thus grow and mature in progress through our various incarnations.

What has happened here in this reality? The material has been hijacked, in my opinion, and it has been hijacked for at least the last 2780 years, if not for the previous 2780 years. And it has been as though there has been a spell on us. The last such spell that was put on us was on September 11, 2001. The attack on the World Trade Center put a spell on the whole planet that froze us for the next 15 years.

They put these spells on us, the powers of the be, to put the mind control on us in order that they might freeze our emotional progress, if you will. And in doing so, we get change. But it's at a very mundane kind of a level, very trivial kind of change right now, as you say, we are in an extraordinary period of time where the ability of them to put the spell on us is breaking. Why you changed over these last nine months at such a core level is specifically why their spell is breaking, okay? Because there are billions of all of us going through the same thing.

Now. People like myself, David Ike, Max Egan, universe had us addressed those same issues decades back such that we would be here now to talk to all of you as you're going through these same issues, okay, so that we can all get on the same page, because universe has decided that they won't be able to put spells on us anymore, and we shall have change. This change is going to undo thousands of years of history, and we're going to start fresh. It is the most sparkling diamond of pure change that could ever it's a great gift to all of us. You cannot know how great this gift is.

Well, that's exciting, but I know that leavening this joy and excitement. You've also mentioned that loads of people are going to die in the process before we reach this.

It's a crossing. As we progress up and through the change, many people will leave us, right? Yes. I suppose you're not going to make this new omelet without breaking a few eggs. Before we go there.

I just wanted to go back slightly because you mentioned earlier rather excitingly, I think that we've all got these natural, tremendous you didn't say psychic powers. What did you say? We've got intuition, psychic abilities. Abilities. And is that in our pineal gland?

Is that wherein it lies? No, the pineal things. Okay, so we only have four senses. We don't have five senses. What we call the sense of touch is a sensation.

There is no sense organ there. All of our sense organs are up in our cranium. Okay? Sense organs are complete subsystems, so you do not hear the sound and then decode it. Your ears do that for you, just as your eyes decode the light and give you the image in the back of your brain so that you don't actually have to see the little light and put it all together and structure your reality that way and you're delivered taste and smell.

These are obscure to our science because they are complete subsystems. The pineal gland is such a complete subsystem. Okay, the pineal gland is extremely interesting. Now, in an unfortunate sense, I got to go outside the body to describe what's going to happen, all right, with the pineal gland. So when you die, your soul okay, so all humans are born through the process wherein the mother actually inhales the soul that will become her offspring, of the being that will become her offspring.

It enters in through her breath. The soul goes in, and the soul can be thought of as like a personally designed template for your body that is impressed over the developing fetus in that woman. So if your soul did not go into that woman, it would go into some other woman, but you would arise the same way out of either of those two women with some small physical differences based on the genetics, the inheritance characteristics of that woman. But the soul describes your body in a very detailed template format. Your soul is not self aware.

Your soul does not have consciousness. You are conscious. But your soul is a separate thing from you that is not conscious in the same way you are. Your soul is conscious of its task and its duties, and that's it. At the end of every life, your soul is reduced to a single drop of what we in the material here call intuition.

The single drop that the soul is reduced to is the sum total of everything you have learned from your experience with the Karma that your body had to deal with. Not your knowledge, not your emotions, but the Karma karmic things that's reduced to a single drop of what we call intuition. It is your pineal gland that accesses that intuition through its subsystem. So we do have five senses. But the pineal gland, even though it's a sensor, it's not as though the other senses so in the material.

We don't really think of the pineal gland as like taste or smell or something, but it delivers to you intuition. And so if you do things and fill your pineal gland full of calcium and you have a bad diet and stuff and it's not functioning, then you will have very little intuitive ability. Right. So it's really very important to keep your pineal gland decalcified. That's interesting.

Yeah, because I've just been taking this fermented skate liver oil, which apparently is very cool. I love that stuff. Yeah, it's really good. The stuff of Vikings. Yeah.

It goes back to your Saxon roots. Yeah. Well, I think I've noticed the difference. So some people are just more in tune with one of my I don't know whether you saw the podcast I did with a friend of mine called Jonathan Miles Lee, who was very, very he got me on to drinking distilled water and taking microdoses of psilocybin and into the importance of the pineal gland. And he was very I mean, he was psychic.

All sorts of interesting experiences. But most of us are just living like we're sort of these lump and beings, aren't we just completely in denial, right? We're condensate. Okay. It is not true that E equals MC squared.

Einstein was 100% wrong about that. The nuclear explosions in atom bombs and nuclear reactors are, in fact, electrical reactions. They're not nuclear. There's no such thing as nuclear forces. It's all vibrations.

Right? And so we are vibrating. We are spirit that motivates matter. Matter is very dense, and you can't extract the energy back out of it. All you can do is rip the electrical bonds, and that's what creates the nuclear explosions.

But matter being dense, that's what gives us the lump and feeling. But the psychic aspect of this, you've got to be very careful about it because some people are extremely psychic. I was extremely psychic in those last six months before I died. It was because my body was deteriorating on me, and it was basically becoming more and more simply pure vibration. And as a pure vibrating antenna, I pick up ancillary I would ruminate with what was going around on me.

Right. So I became extremely psychic. So many of the people that I will meet in the course of my life and have met that are psychic individuals don't have a good body. Their bodies are not doing well. They're vibrating too much.

They're taking substances that make them psychic, more psychic and increase. That vibration at the cost of their adrenal gland and all these other functions within the body. I personally would never drink distilled water. It leaps minerals out of the gut and it is a precursor. Your gut has only got one cell thick of lining on it with the villi to take nutrients out of there.

And distilled water can disturb that greatly and potentially could cause colon cancer. I died from that and the pain of that, it's not something to occult. Okay, Cliff, what do I do about that one? Obviously, the target is full of shit. Okay, so here's what you do.

You can have filtered water and distilled water, but distilled water, water wants to have minerals in it. So you need to have some level of effective mineralization in the body if you're going to be dealing with distilled water. Filtered water is different. All right? So you can distill water out and simply let it sit out so that it can become oxygenated and it will grab some level of minerals, nitrogen, etc.

E from the air. However, another way to do it is to get very pure filtered water and then make sure you have adequate minerals in your diet. And these are like 93 trace minerals you need. You can look them up. It's like folic acid.

Put a couple of drops in your water and you're good. So you just need to be advised that psychic ability is okay. It's great, but it frequently comes at the expense of your body, and that's not good in your overall general progress from life to life. Right? Okay, so let's go back to what's going on now and this extraordinary thing.

It seems to me that the world has been hijacked for a very long time, actually, by an elite. Or maybe the elite are in the service of a higher power which is tormented and evil, whatever it is. You call it, the bug. It's just a placeholder, right? Okay, so you're right.

We've been captured. All governments have been infiltrated and captured. And now it has become visible. And as it becomes visible, that alone is a catalyst to cause your thinking to change, which can cause a change in you, which will turn feedback into this loop. And you cause a change in the reality around you by having made that change internally.

So look at what has happened. We have a situation where the powers that be have decided that they need to call the herd. They need to kill us all off. The reason that they need to do this is they can't pay pensions. Our financial system is breaking down and they can no longer it's not going to last two more years.

It's not even going to last one more year. Absent the COVID and everything we would have had the mother of all crashes in the financial system in 2020, late 2020 would have been the ultimate death of all of the financial system. Structure. We're there now with the backdoor repo on the overnight on the Federal Reserve, the swapping of all of these DRS, they're trying to jen us up to the next level of system, and it's all of debt slavery. Now, in the past, every 100 years, they would institute a plague and then followed by wars or a war, followed by plagues.

They would alternate it sometime. If you look back through history, basically every 100 to 120 years, this happens all the way back to the Middle Ages and the plague years and the origination of the plague laws, okay? So the plague, the Black Death, in my opinion, was engineered by the power elite, and there is even some evidence that you can find that supports this. And they're attempting to do this playbook all over again. But some of the humans, some of the herd, have wired up for the last long time, maybe 60 years, there's been an active self organizing collective that has put together a plan and has engaged with the Bug, the power elite, the captured governments, and is in the process of undoing them.

And this plan, in my opinion, is brilliant, absolute, shining brilliance. And step by step by step, we shall have victory. And we're very, very close, right? Because there are two scores of thought on this, one of which is that what you're saying is the purest hopeium. And hopeium is a trick designed to fool us into thinking that good things are going to happen, when actually it's not.

They don't. Sure, no. hopeium is a bugs weapon because they put up the savior and then allow it to crash. Put it up and allow it to crash because they're feeding off that emotion from the crash. And I'm not offering hope him, okay?

I'm just giving you a projection, and I'm saying that this shall occur. I could be 100% wrong, but I have evidence to support my projection, in my opinion. And then there's something else. I have a pretty incredible track record in projecting future occurrences. Okay, so tell me, first of all about the do we call them White House, the people who sort of formulated this plan.

I call them Asalk self organizing collective. Right. And these will be what? People like you and me? I mean, generals?

No, not generals astute military analysts, okay? People that would have been in the if we had to give them a rank, I would say they would be in the colonels. Some of them would be called Iron Eagles, okay? So in our country here, you have a lieutenant colonel, a lieutenant colonel that has a one insignia. And then when they become a full colonel, they become what we call full bird, and they get this little image of this stylized eagle for their emblem.

If they do not become a general, that eagle becomes iron, so to speak. They're going to finish out their career as a colonel, all right? So these Iron Eagles are people that don't have any political pressure to try and advance their career. They are content, and they've got all these resources, and they have acumen, and they are astute, and they've been trained by the best lifelong university ever in observation, and they saw the bug, and they decided among them how to best do it. And they put a lot of thought in it over a lot of years and came up with a very incredible, clever plan.

Not clever, brilliant. There's a difference. And do we know what the plan is? You obviously know what it is. You're going to tell us what it is?

Or is that giving away? No, there are very few. Okay, so I know the plan. I'm not involved with these individuals. I'm simply an A student analyst on my own, and I was trained by my father, and I am my father's son.

My father had a very interesting military career. He was in the United States Military. He was an Iron Eagle, and he exited the military after a lifetime career there. But he began his military career as an inductee in the Korean War, in which, in the second engagement, he was involved Heartbreak Ridge. He saved his entire company and another company after the officers were wiped out, and he took the objective, and bear in mind, he'd only been in country, like, 15 or 20 days at that point, and he was given a battlefield commission.

Okay? So that shocked the hell out of him, for one. And so he went through the War college, and I went through it with him. So I've been trained in these kind of analysis, and so I have been able, with my acumen, to be able to see certain things being said or done years ahead of the point of it. And so I'll give you an example.

I think it was maybe back in March or April of 2020, maybe it was even earlier. I'd have to go and look. But then President Trump made a curious statement in a speech. He said, I have great enemies, powerful enemies. They're very displeased with me.

I have to go away. It will be for a short while. Do not be afraid. Things will get better. Now, why should he say these things in the course at the intro to a speech back then?

So Trump, in my opinion and I've analyzed him, I don't know Trump, the personality. I've never followed him. I didn't watch any TV or any of that kind of stuff. So I've only done this after the fact. But I've analyzed his actions and stuff, and he's been dropping clues to what's going on this entire time in his presidency.

So he's been doing things. So he told us he had to go away for a while, but it was legit, and that he had to go away because he's got big, powerful enemies, specifically the Big Pharma. And so we see things like that. If you see several thousands of those kinds of things going on, then you can say, the reality being presented to me, to my eyes, ears and so on, is not the reality that isn't in existence. And thus we can make certain conclusions about what's actually happening.

And so you hear people say, oh, you're never going to get rid of the infiltrators, and all of the people that are duplicitous in occupying roles, they should not yet. Okay, that may well be the case. In our experience. They've had a long run, they've been very successful and so on. But I see now certain things that are occurring that are very curious, and that is that, yes, there are FEMA camps in the United States, and so maybe you could think they're going to be used for COVID quarantine or something, right?

But curiously, the military is involved in a very large couple, more than a couple of projects building prisons. Even at this extraordinary time of hyperinflation. They're busting their butts to build these big ass prisons in a couple of places in the United States. They're not large scale quarantine camps like we see the Australians building for their population. This is a specific prison situation, right.

And these prisons have various interesting accoutrement with them that suggests something other than an ordinary situation. In other words, these prisons are being built with courthouses. You don't usually do that unless you're going to be running. Unless you're basically what I'm saying is I'm seeing people in the military getting set up for a production run of prisoners. They're going to be able to run them through a court situation and then right into the prison right there.

And so this is very unusual. It would not make any sense at all. Does not make any sense at all from the perspective of the captured institutions doing it. It doesn't aid them in any way, shape or form because they're not trying to encapsulate a relatively small number of people. They want to visit a great number of people, the whole country.

So there's all these things that are not hoping, that are evidence, and we see it all over the place. Is there a sock equivalent in the UK? Please say yes. Yes, it is. Okay, so here's the thing.

This is why Americans are having such a hard time, all right, and the rest of the world for that matter, because so many people clue in America as the great shining beacon on the hill and their source of hope, right? Yeah. All right. So here's the problem for Americans and for everybody else. This is not about Trump.

This is not about Trump coming back. This is not about anything that has been brought up within any of the political structure that you've heard about so far. This is, as I said, this is about removing the book. This is about freeing humanity. This sock set out to liberate humanity at some point they discovered it was not simply the United States.

It may have been very early in their investigation that they saw that this was global and growing larger, that it was a giant octopus upon us all. And this socks set out to liberate all of humanity. So, yes, I can assure you that the UK is involved, as is Denmark, Sweden, France, any country you care to name. There will be some level of representation or contact in those countries because it is globally coordinated. And so I know that there are iron eagles in various countries that are participating, but it is not 100% military.

It is necessary that the military be the face and take over the brunt of it because some ugly stuff has to be done. So I'm not giving hope you I'm not saying that we're all going into the wizard of Oz land as of any particular day. I'm saying we've got a very long, hard years of suffering, years of deprivation, years of shortages, years of your life changing until you will no longer even remember what we used to call normal. And in that process, in that process of going through that, the agony and the suffering and the death, we will become a free humanity. And that is worth it.

Right? When you say they go do some ugly stuff, what do you mean? People dying everywhere. So many people dying that the nature of our social order changes. So many people dying that someone will come to you and say, james, we're going to need you to work next Saturday to come in on the body disposal group where we're going to need you with your dogs to go from apartment to apartment to apartment to see if people have died and to flag them and this kind of thing.

Are you talking specifically about the go away phone? Anyway? You're talking about what I call the death jab.

It's that bad? Because it's interesting, isn't it? You know, Cliff, I'm just about the only job I don't want to exaggerate. I'm not the only one. I'm just about certainly the only ex mainstream media journalist to have to be on your side of the argument to believe that this is a kill shot and stuff.

And people sort of, I imagine, if they talk about me at all, have conversations like, whatever happened to James Denningpal? He used to be his boat went round that bend in the river. Yes. They think I'm just completely mad. If they saw this podcast, they'd think I was even madder.

I mean, I can tell you, isn't it, it wouldn't be wrong. But here's the thing. Just because you're crazy, it doesn't mean you're wrong, right? They are trying to kill us. Here's something that I tell people.

Nothing in this world today makes any sense at all. Bring up any kind of thing you want to talk about. There's aspects of it that just make no sense. The powers that be what they're doing, the populist response. The populace is out here saying basically, what's going on?

We don't know. Nothing makes sense at all. All right? But if you will slot one single idea into your thinking, everything will become instantly clear and instantly makes sense. And that one single idea is they want to kill you.

If you plot that in, if you go on in and you say it is a deliberate, depopulation agenda to kill as many humans as possible, then it all makes sense. Then it makes sense. Why are they continuing with the jab when we've got thousands dead and the swine flu was shut down with only 25 dead? And why do we have all of these different things happening? All of it makes sense if you just say they're trying to kill us.

And so I don't know how people are going to conceptualize the they, but sooner or later, you start looking at who the they are, and then you see that they're trying to kill you with bad food, with too much electromagnetic radiation around you in all these different ways anyway. And so it all makes sense that they do want to kill you. And then you start looking into Bill Gates. You find out that he said the best thing that could happen to humanity would be 2 billion people dying right away, and then another 2 billion dying in about five years. And by the way, he's the head of all of these vaccine projects, but he's not a virologist, and there's no medical degree or anything like that.

And so why would you ever want to take a product produced by an individual who has a stated goal of killing off at least four sevenths of humanity? Where in your life have you ever gotten medical care free? I mean, in your case, it's different. Here in the United States, we pay for everything, and yet they're giving away these death jabs, and so obviously, they want to give them to you. And there's another thing about this.

As in advertising, if the product is free, you are the product. Yes. So there we are. And so if you think about it that way, they're trying to kill us, it all makes sense. Then you can start analyzing, is there some substance to that idea?

And you go and you see some doctors that say, in my clinic, 62% of the people presenting themselves with illnesses that are vaccinated have blood clots, micro blood clots, and elevated Ddimer tests. And so then you can tell someone that's had the shot. You can go find out if they're trying to kill you, go get this simple blood test called a Ddimer, and you guys have free medical stuff. Well, hey, turns out I hear that the medical system in the UK, they don't want to do this de dimer test that no matter what you do, unless you go to an outside physician, they're not going to do it for you unless you present at the hospital. I don't know that that's true, but that's what I'm being told.

How come? Because all this seems obvious to me. Crazy, but obvious. So how come so many people I mean, number one, how come so many doctors who've sworn the Hippocratic oath or whatever and you thought became doctors to do good, to heal people? Okay, politicians, we understand why they're doing what they do because they're just like they have no principles.

But doctors are captured.

Here's how they capture them. The medical school is designed to cultivate a particular kind of mind. That mind is dominated by memory, not cognition. Most doctors would have a hard time coming into a new situation and analyzing it and coming to an effective conclusion to fight their way out of a paper sack. I've seen doctors that can tell you every bone and all of this kind of stuff.

They've got memories all over that can't figure out a mechanical latch on a garden gate even after I've demonstrated it to them. And so they do not think, they don't analyze. And then these memory beings, these doctors that are all memory and jammed full, are captured by the institutions that they work for, and they're like everybody else, they're amenable to being squeezed by the salary, being able to support their families and so on. So they may indeed have good intentions and see no evil in anything they're doing because they believe the mainstream media, they haven't examined the results of their own actions and thus are not that way. Now, I was just on another interview with Greg Hunter here in the US.

And I brought up this thing because this guy called me. He's a doctor, and he's quit his job several days back, and he drove from where he was in the Midwest and the US. Down to California, basically in a mental fog because one day he went into work and he actually had to fill out paperwork that brought a staggering idea to his he's an Er doc or a hospitalist and brought a staggering idea to him, and that nine out of every ten people he put on a ventilator died. And now he understands that he shouldn't have put them on ventilators. He's starting to grasp it, right, starting to understand nine out of the ten people that he put on ventilators died.

And he's understanding now that his lack of attention and his lack of thinking has caused him to be in this position. And he's been killing vaccinated people with ventilators that got the so called delta variant. Yes. And of course, you know that it's illegal for you in the United States to know which variant you have. The reason it's illegal is because the test that would tell you which variant you have has to be certified in order to certify that test.

It costs several million dollars. Nobody is willing to do it so when they say delta variant, they're just making it up. It could be Moo, Lambda Epsilon, it doesn't make any difference. And we also now know that all of the vaccines as of like two weeks ago perhaps are 100% ineffective because there's no longer a COVID circulating in the general population on the planet has the spike protein that is in the vaccines. They have 17 or 16 other spike proteins because there are 17 spike proteins involved in this.

And so all the vaccines have that one spike protein in them to supposedly protect. And it's not circulating in the wild anymore. The vaccines that we know, don't we, from the vaccines, socalled vaccines, were prepared before the pandemic. They've been sort of doing the rounds, waiting for an opportunity. Do you think they were actually designed as kill shots or is it a kind of byproduct of their rush process?

No, it was not rushed. It took them well over a year. From the Falky emails, we know that Falkie's chief engineer, virology engineer was succeeded in attaching a spike protein to the coronavirus somewhere before 2015 and bragged about it in a video in 2015 16. So they put the spike protein on the coronavirus to cause this. At that point they were also engineering the vaccines along with the progress of that attachment of spike proteins.

Spike proteins were delivered in a final form for the vaccine to Mederna and to pfizer in 2019, early 2019, ahead of the pandemic being released the next year. I tumbled to the pandemic when I was watching the Chinese Dark Web before they shut it down on April 1 in 2020. And I saw the activity in late 19 in China that was circulating on the web and really freaked out. And so the bioweapon was deliberately released and sometime in 2019 and they've had this all set up. The kill shot is designed to kill, that's his point.

And the way it kills is they don't want to kill everybody. The day they go in, only one out of 3000 people drop dead that day from the shot. An additional one out of 3000 will drop dead in the subsequent week. But everybody is getting damaged. And the idea is that they'll give you enough shots that you'll just go home and die one day and they won't have to worry about you.

We have that situation here now where EMT people, ambulance people are telling me that a shift does not go by, that they don't go and haul a dead person out of an apartment that simply died alone following a shot of some number of them. They don't know if they've had two shots, one shot or whatever, they're just hauling dead people out of apartments all over the place. These are not old people, they're middle aged and reasonably young. So it was a death shot. It had to be done in this way in order to get as many people as possible to take it.

This is why the Biden administration and everybody was trying to get an extraordinary number for herd immunity. If you go to an animal vet, and if you go to a vet, if you go to an animal hubandrus that deals with herds, they will tell you all throughout history, herd immunity is 12%. Not 70, not 80. It's 12% of a herd of cows, 12% of a herd of goats or sheep. If you get that many immune, you don't have a problem.

Okay? So this idea of getting 70% of the United States shot with this stuff was intended to kill people. It was not intended to create herd immunity. And as a matter of fact, now we've already reached 80% of the people in the United States have either contracted and developed natural immunity to COVID or are vaccinated. So we should technically be able to simply cease vaccinations now, not put the effort into it and not worry about it anymore and be good isn't part of the problem with their plan.

Or maybe they've got a counter plan here. The people who are not taking the job are the very people who they ought to most want to eliminate. People like you and me and the cupid difficult people. That is indeed their biggest issue. Their thing was that we should not have existed.

It shouldn't have rolled out this way. Okay, so the self organizing collective came into existence and became global sometime in the became active in the early part of this millennium, right? As the century changed, there was a plan on the part of the bad guys, the globalists, whatever we want to call it. That plan was able to be implemented to a certain degree. The SoC became aware of it and started tracking the plan in about 2004, electronically.

And so they knew that the plan was to put Obama in office for eight years, followed by Hillary Clinton for eight years. Obama was to get his goal was to have all of the guns in the United States taken away the same way they did in Australia about the same time you noticed that we go through those same events, and they tried to do it here. Obama said that he never had any scandals, which is bullshit, all these other things. But Obama administration had more mass shootings that have ever existed in the United States, and most of them were concentrated on schools and all of this kind of thing. And poor Alex Jones got all kinds of deep problems for the Sandy Hook issue.

Now the Sandy Hook school shooting is being resurrected because they're trying to again get our guns under Biden, because Trump put the plan back. Hillary Clinton was not supposed to lose. They cheated to get Hillary Clinton to win. But the sock knew the cheat was going to happen. And they had previously asked Trump to occupy this role in the giant battle against good and evil against evil from good side.

And so Trump was to be president. He was President, but he was definitely acting within his role, within the sock. He put their plans back four years, so they're having to rush everything right now. Their plans were to have a nuclear war that would take out all of us cussed ones. We were going to lose this nuclear war in the west.

It was going to hit the United States, it was going to hit Australia, it was going to hit England, and we were going to lose and we were going to lose our constitution here in the United States and in Australia as the Chinese came in as the winners of the war. Because the losers don't get to keep the Constitution, right? Yes. When we took over Germany at the end of World War II, we gave them the Constitution we wanted, and so that was the plan. Well, Hillary Clinton didn't get to have her nuclear war.

The bioweapon was supposed to come after the nuclear war to finish off the last part of the process. So they've been thrown all out of kilter by the sock and are now struggling to maintain the status quo and recover, even as parts of their plan still are attempting to be pumped out. And so Biden is now attempting to make up for the failure of Obama in taking our guns and to maneuver us into this next war, et cetera, et cetera. They're trying to rush it all. They had a plan that this was supposed to go down by 2050.

This is all written down. We've seen this stuff written down since the 1860s in freemason literature and so on. So we know what the plan is, that their plan is, and for some reason, something motivated them to bring that plan forward from 2050 to 2020. That, I think was their undoing. And in any event, though they shall be undone.

I'm not offering opium here because this is a war we're going to suffer. Lots of us will die in this process, but we will win because we are determined to win. Because the thing is, the SoC formed itself up and has control of the military and a big chunk of the power. They know that they're dealing with an insurrection, an insurrection that is truly evil and is global. And the only way to deal with an insurrection is through a counter insurrection.

A counterinsurgency, right. Yeah. And so this counterinsurgency has two main elements. It has the military and the populace. The military is on board and doing stuff.

Now, as we note from your reaction, from your personal change over these last six months. Now the populace is getting involved and becoming awake. As we reach a certain point of everything being awake, when we reach a certain number of awake individuals in the populace, then things can go into a much more active and visible level of the theater of this. War. And that is coming very quickly.

Yes, this is good to hear, but if you went into any of the various chat groups I'm in, one of the most common complaints is like, we are so few. Why do so few people get it? It's so obvious to us. Are you telling me that this is going to change? This has changed.

Here's the problem. The chat groups and every way in which you communicate is controlled by the enemy. The enemy employs thousands of people, each running hundreds of cell phones and hundreds of computers through gang software to control and create the impression they want. All right? The enemy is attempting this is an information war.

At this stage, they live and die by information. The more information we have, the weaker they become. They are desperate to muddy that and delay that and destroy our ability to get information any way they can. Thus all the censorship and all of these things. So all of these things tell us how weak they are because they're not in control.

If they were in control, they wouldn't have to censor us, they wouldn't give a rat to us what we were saying because they were in control. Just like in Australia, they don't care what the population says because the population doesn't have guns. And so basically they're in control. Now the population is starting to take different actions and so it's become a little bit upsetting down there, but so this is the war we face. So I'm able to say, because of the software I've written and the analysis I've run, that that process of controlling the dialogue on the media, on the social media, is breaking down very, very rapidly.

And so you are correct that people are saying this, but they're saying that they think they know they're awake and they just don't see it in the people around them. But their experience is altered and controlled by their enemy. So if they were to take another approach to that experience, they may find that the people around them that they think are asleep are not. So you have to go and talk to that person to see if they're awake. Right?

And so you may be able to you don't have the appropriate conversations with these individuals because it is not appropriate within the milieu that has been described for you and the paradigm you're operating in within the structure controlled by our enemy. Very soon now, it's already happening, but very soon here in the United States and throughout the rest of the world, there will become a certain level of openness and you will find a great many people that will also be able to describe that. I'm awake too. I just didn't want to say anything because I thought you were asleep. Right.

And now you've got people that are your relatives that are taking the shots and all of this kind of stuff. But a lot of these people that have taken the shots are waking up themselves because they're experiencing the death shot. So I've had numbers of people contact me to say, they took one shot, they're feeling so bad, what can they do? They're not ever going to take another one, blah, blah, blah. And so I give them what I hope I can in the way of their body, and then I point them to some areas that can assist them in aiding their mind and getting their head wrapped around all of this.

And so that's happening all over now. We can't believe the numbers that are coming out because the bad guys control the media, the evil controls the media. So of course they're going to tell you that over half of the United States has been jabbed. I don't think that's true. I think it's far, far, far less.

And I know millions of people that have gotten one shot and aren't going back for the next. I know this because I haunt the deep web and I have all this software that can go out and find stuff for me, right, and I've got conversations between parts of the deep state saying, well, shit, we've got 15 million doses of this stuff, we've got to get somewhere else. It's just going to go bad up here. These people are not coming back for the second shot. Yeah.

And so I see these things and so I know that this is available out there. Anybody can do this kind of research that I do right now. You could begin doing it on your own without my software, because there are so many people like ourselves that are doing their bit in this war, standing up and making videos, saying, look what I learned today. Yeah. And then that's all you have to do.

But you're not going to see it on the controlled media, so you're not going to see it on YouTube, right? You're going to see it on BitChute, Rumble, Odyssey, all of these other platforms. So as long as you're corralled, all you're going to see are the other sheep. If you've decided you're not a sheep anymore, you got to get out of the corral. Yeah.

Is there any hope? You're right. My parents have taken the vaccine and sorry, not the right word, but they've had the shot, the death shot. You control that language, can't help it.

They both did so reluctantly, and I think they regret having done so. They did it because peer pressure, all sorts of things. Is there any hope for them? Can people who've had the death shot do anything? Yes, there are things that can be done.

If you go to my Twitter feed, I put up an image of things that the vaccinated can do. There are things to do. The first thing you need to do is start having a dedimer test every six months, because the dedimer test looks for the debris in your blood that indicates you're having these microclots. The microclots are going to induce exertion intolerance. They're going to cause strokes, all of these other different kinds of problems for you.

And that's the real problem. If you're having those, you can get on blood thinners that at least eliminates that part of it. Yeah. There are remedial actions you can take to strip the material that was injected into you out of your body. So we know that the ibermectin binds the spike protein and puts it out through your gut.

So you excrete it or comes out of the urine. We know that nak, an acetylcysteine, provides cellular repair, clears the lungs and AIDS in the electrical charge in the blood and other effects. It also AIDS in boosting glutathione. If you take glutathione itself, then you can get rid of what's known as the SPIONs. These are the things that make the people magnetic.

These are super paramagnetic, iron oxide, nanoparticles. Glutathione will get rid of those C 60, which is this called butt. Mr. Fullernee this product here, C 60 in olive oil, induces apoptosis in cells and kills off the damaged cells that the spike protein is damaged. So you get them out of your body.

It also induces stem cells, so you'll replace those cells. So there are things you can do. You can take chaga to protect you from encountering the COVID Again, your problem as a vaccinated person is that your immune system has been damaged. It will continue to be damaged as long as you don't take remedial action. The very first time you encounter COVID, you will have a very bad reaction because your body has been primed for that reaction.

It's called pathogenic priming, or antibody dependent enhancement. And so you can do things there. One thing you can do is to prevent yourself from having a receptive cell. A receptive cell has a positive charge on the outside of it, and it allows the virus to attach to the outside of it. A cell has to be both receptive and permissive in order for the virus to take over that cell.

Just having cells that are not receptive means you won't encounter covet. It won't get into your body. You can do that by just walking around constantly, sipping on chaga tea, taking lots of vitamin D until your vitamin D is raised way up there, and so on and so on. So these routines are known and you can find this information on the Internet. And it does work.

That's good. I'm going to leap ahead to another question I was dying to ask you. The Bug, this super entity, on one level, it's extremely powerful because it's taken over. I mean, it's got humans at high levels to operate on its behalf. Is that right?

Am I right in thinking that people like Boris Johnson, the awful President Bieber of Canada, they're all kind of creatures of the Bug? They've just been brainwashed? Correct. They're mind controlled, and it's very subtle and very deep and very pervasive. The bug, in my understanding the bug was the very first thing I encountered in hyperspace.

Okay? I encountered this being that I thought all of hyperspace was like this first encounter and it is not okay because I popped into hyperspace in a bugs laboratory. I call them a bug, but they look basically like they're called mantids, but they look more like an ant. Being in hyperspace, when you pop into hyperspace because you're getting there from a psychedelic you don't have your body, your spherical because in space the sphere is the most efficient form. You can then express your body by remembering what you look like.

Very difficult under psychedelics to have this kind of mental control. That's why perhaps people like Joe Rogan only go to hyperspace for a few brief seconds and then come back out. But that people like myself that have some of the schizophrenic tendencies have some perhaps quirky genetics that make us more able to exist in there. But nonetheless, I encountered the bug at my very first entry into hyperspace and learned just from that encounter. And then when I encountered this other being, the guy who told me about the Vegas nervous system, he told me that they had to have the bug in their solar system and they had many planets in their solar system and they got rid of the bug and that they actually had the bug physically in their solar system and it was over a thousand years.

If I understand the numerics, numerics don't translate well in hyperspace, but if I understand it, it was over a thousand year war getting the bug thrown out of their solar system. And the bug is the most ancient of all of the life's life forms that this hominid that I was discussing the things with that his species had ever encountered. And so the bug is extremely ancient and it's an insect. That doesn't change, it's invariant. It doesn't like us.

We're noisy, we're psychic, we change all the time, we do things badly. According to it, the bug created communism. It created all of the top down hierarchical structures and we've existed under it for all of my life and for thousands of years because the bug put this on us at least 3000 years ago, if not much further. So on one level it's supremely powerful because it can control all these people, the people in positions of power. And it's been effectively ruling the world for 2000 or 700 years or longer.

And yet at the same time it seems to have weaknesses. It's very weak. How does that work? Okay, so they are insects. This other that I encountered, this first one is an insect.

And so I encountered a very ancient being, I don't know how old it was, probably several thousands of years. It was very powerful. Now it threw me out of its environment with its mind, basically. What are you doing here in my laboratory and kicked me out. I came back because I was so angry because all of these different reasons I have authority issues and I wasn't going to take this crap from an insect.

So I came back. Okay. And when I came back I discovered something. Even though I was a sphere, I could project power. Now at that point I'd been taking martial arts since I was eleven.

So I understood fighting and this sort of thing. And so I fought the bug with my mind and it was like freaked out that I came back. And then it was freaked out that I was able to throw a barrier up that prevented it from getting in at my thoughts. And then it was freaked out that I was able to project the barrier and push on. The bug took a great deal of energy and it threw me out of its environment that point into the rest of hyperspace.

So the bugs are powerful enough to be able to cordon off spaces in hyperspace and keep the rest of the activity out of there while they do their experiments and stuff. But the bugs are they don't have digits like we do. They're not manipulative. They don't have technology. They have to work through other beings and they have to do it at a resonance level that is always inimitable to those other beings because it's buglike and we're not bugs.

So there's always a tendency on the part of the other beings to break free because we don't want to be bugs and we don't want to think like bugs and act like bugs. So it is a part of universe, in this duality of universe, in Materia, the bug is not allowed to rule always, forever, constantly, because its very presence sets up the opposition to it. Right? Makes sense. I bet the bugs love the Chinese more than they love us.

This is the thing the bugs love. So they don't like black people, okay? The bug has decided the whites have to go. So there's a white people genocide going on now because they can control the other races easier. This is why the Wegars in China are being eliminated because they're Aryan, okay?

So they're Chinese white people, so to speak, right? And bug through all of its control mechanisms does not like sovereign individuals that are self actualizing. And so bug, you've got to join the hive. It's got to be a hive mind. So there are Chinese, there are 140 different racial groups in China's and there are Chinese subsets in there that are not cooperative with the bug.

We know that these are the people that are not cooperative. And so this is like the way Gars Ube, the Yao, these are the people that the CCB will not give vaccines to because they intend harvesting their organs, okay? And they know you can't sell a liver that's been vaccinated just as in this country in my country, you can't give blood if you've been vaccinated nor donate any organs. That should be a big damn thing to everyone. Yes.

That leads me to a question that I've been dying to ask you.

Okay. I had a good education. I was taught how to think. No, sorry, you were schooled. Okay.

When I went to university, I was blessed with a particularly brilliant tutor who enabled me to think for myself, to think critically. And I was very, very lucky. And I'm always grateful to him. It's the best thing that happened to me intellectually. But I wasn't the only one who had this education or this experience, let's say.

So why is it that why are so many people still now being taken in by this shit?

Because it's so pervasive and because the bug can think of they think out 1000 years and then they work all the way back to this moment to figure out what they're going to need for that thousand year plan. The bug understands emotions even though it doesn't have them. It attempts to manipulate emotions and frequently goes overboard, but it understands them, but it does not experience them. And so this is our key thing. I know emotionality, as I was told on one of the journeys to hyperspace, is the key to breaking free of the book.

You can break mind control if you can get the emotions whipped up enough. Our mind control is from the minute you are born. Okay? So the mind control starts everywhere. So people males are circumcised as infants as an act of mind control.

I can tell you this right now, but it's not as you think. It's not as you're thinking right now. Circumcised males have lost between 2 million and 5 million sensors. These sensors react to hormones produced by the women that they're having sex with. It is these hormonal receptors that allow for males to mate for life because of the bonding that takes place during that intercourse at the hormonal level.

Absent in all cultures. In all cultures where circumcision is practiced, divorce rates are 50% or higher. In cultures where you don't have circumcision, look at what you have. I, as an example, am not circumcised. I've been married for 48 years.

Okay? This is a rarity in our social order. That is how deep this goes. Specifically targeting 2 million receptors because of the effect on the brain later on. So why is there a huge struggle?

You have to ask yourself. You can go down these rabbit holes. Here's another weird rabbit hole for you. OK, straws. Straws and sippy cups.

Yeah, straws and sippy cups alter the brain. And so if you want to grow up to be an actual selfactualizing male I cannot speak for females because I'm not one. Right? And I'll never be one. This is the nature of reality.

I'll never be born reincarnated as a female. I will always be male. But if you want to grow up as a selfactualizing male. Don't drink from straws, because there's a different function in drinking from a straw that shapes your mouth differently, changes the nature of your jaw, changes the nature of your throat, and affects big chunks of your brain. And the longer you sip on straws and little sippy things, the longer you will be infantile.

Wow. It's a bit late for me now to go back into my youth and not drink. But you can change. You will see a remarkable change in as little as six months, eliminating all sucking motions. Wow.

So no cocktails, or at least by martinis if you had a drink? No. If you had a drink, you need to take that full. There's a different action in the throat. It is difficult for people that sip a lot to get a custom and climate change to that.

And as soon as they do, it will really start changing your brain and how you carry yourself in reality. What do I need to do? Tell me. Just take a regular cup. No straw or anything.

Don't suck your lip with liquids. Take a mouthful and drink it and swallow. Oh, I see. Yes. But that makes it harder to drink it when it's hot.

Well, there's something else. Yeah. Look at our diets and the things that we do. So I'm an iconoclast. I don't do things the way that other people do.

I examine everything before I'll do it and so forth. It takes me a long time to examine stuff, but I examine the frequency of the lights. I examine how I drink and all of these different kinds of things and adopt those things that make sense. Our social order is so taken over by the bug that it affects whether or not you arrive with a foreskin in life. Right.

So every aspect of our lives are being controlled by things. And if you examine these things with the idea sort of asking yourself, is the bug doing this? Is this something that is beneficial for the bug? By changing the social order, you will see a great many things that are indeed that way. That's extraordinary.

So what can we do? People are going to be desperate to know what can we do to prepare ourselves for the shit storm that's coming? What's your advice? Well, you have very little time. Okay.

Because the next thing that's up the sock is already today. We're in the midst of the economic breakdown, so the financial system is breaking down such that our economy can be freed. You and I have never lived our lives in a sound money situation. I touched one 10th sound money in the form of silver coins when I was a kid, but they were withdrawn from circulation before I was, like, two or three years old. So sound money is coming.

It will change the global economy, and we will truly have prosperity based on that. But there is no quantum financial system. There's no Nisara, no socialist reengineering. Nobody's going to put money in your bank account. Banks are going to fail.

Vast quantities of banks around the planet are going to fail. Huge industries are going to fail. We have to restructure our entire social order for humanity. It's going to take decades, perhaps hundreds of years. We're beginning it in earnest as of a few weeks ago and the Chinese bonds are starting to crumble.

The bond situation is going to take down the rest of the banking system. It's happening now. So you need to look at your immediate needs for the next six to eight months and then start getting together with neighbors and friends and forming communities to get through this all this time. We're still going to have the oppressors trying to oppress us. So we have to do this stuff knowing that they're out there trying to oppress us and doing things.

And we have to take actions around that oppression to maintain ourselves over these next few months as we get into this, the horror time. And the horror time is going to be threefold. It's going to be the financial structure system collapsing and that's going to have impacts on food and all kinds of social stuff. There's also going to be tons of information coming out about evil and how evil things have been and for how long they've been. We're all going to be forced to deal with it.

And then on the other side of that is the dieoff, the evil and the exposure and the financial system crumbling have to come ahead of January and the beginning of next year, the depth of winter in northern hemisphere because that's when the diaphragm to come and we're going to be really occupied in that for a long time. We've got to get our minds right ahead of that. So the sock is doing things now in my opinion, that I've sussed out. It's doing things now to bring these things to a head fairly rapidly. And something else that will be coming out is the audits here in the United States that will show that indeed Trump won all 50 states and indeed it was the largest ever, most massive steel of votes.

And indeed every single country on this planet that uses machine counted votes has to look at what they've been doing. So it's not just audit Arizona. It's not just audit one county in Arizona. It's not just audit that state. It's audit all states, all countries because we've all been captured and that's coming out.

So when that comes out, mindset changes and the people around you will start changing. Even if they've never looked at your podcast, you will see them changing and you'll know, that's good to hear. Where are you on gold? I mean, should one buy physical gold? Is that a good thing?

Yeah, I love this stuff. Okay, so here's the thing. So I was just talking about this with Greg hunter. Cryptos are good because they're not controlled by the bug. It wants centralized digital currency, not decentralized.

The cryptos were released by the sock back when, all right? It was designed for that purpose. I like gold and silver because we're going to be trading with that. We're going to have a period of time after the financial system crashes that we have to rebuild our economy during this very terrible time where we're getting all this ugly information and people are dying in that period of time. We will need sound money.

We will have terrible, terrible circumstances. There won't be much to buy, all right? But for those things that you're going to buy, you can get cash because cash will still trade for some period coins and bills, and you can get gold and silver to be used there as well, and also with crypto. Cryptos will continue and will preserve value. But we're going to get into a funny situation as of next january.

And that funny situation could be phrased this way, that we may go into January with, say, bitcoin at $100,000 per bitcoin, and we may come out of January with bitcoin being worth $9,000. Okay? But it won't be 9000 petro dollars. It'll be 9000 new dollars with their new purchasing power such that bitcoin per se hasn't lost any of its purchasing power, even though it may have lost 90% of its petrodollar valuation. Yes, I see that.

Okay, so food, cryptos, gold. Here's the other thing, too. We're in a period of shortages, so things that require maintenance, you better get those parts. Anything requiring a chip, forget it. You have to figure out something else to do for that device when it breaks down because you won't be able to replace that chip.

So if you need clothing for the winter, you better buy it now. It may not be available this winter. We won't have supply chain and shipping and so on. The war is about to come out into the public. When that does, we can expect some responses and reprisals from the deep state as it is fighting this retreating action.

And it will do everything it can to harm as many humans as it can during that period of time that it's getting beat down. Hopefully this is the only hopeium, is that I personally think that there are reasons to suspect we will not go to a national to national war. So in other words, they could devolve. This is what they wanted. They wanted China to defeat the US.

And the west in a nuclear exchange. Hopefully that need not occur now. Okay? Hopefully we're past that. Now that their plans are so disrupted, we know that they're losing.

There's great many areas of evidence to suggest that the bug and his group are losing and it's just a matter of time before and that we must take these steps. So basically it's like Gandhi facing the people during the salt marshes, right? He was going there to get salt and he knew he was going to be beat, but he had to take the beating. And that's where we're at now. We've got tough times ahead of us.

We'll survive them, but we're going to get injured in that tough time and we're just going to have to take the pain because we're there now. Yeah.

Why are the Cabal so into pedophilia and child sacrifice and stuff like that? Longevity Adrenal. You ever see the movie Monsters Inc. Yeah. Okay?

That's all about adrenochrome. All of these monsters, the Cabal were going into children's bedrooms to make them fearful and scream and cry. That's what they have to do to produce Adrenochrome. So here's a terrible secret for everyone. Schizophrenics die most frequently from Adrenochrome overdoses.

Schizophrenics rarely die of cancer. I had a terrible cancer that was 30 years undiagnosed and I suffered greatly for 30 years and when they cut it out of me, not a sign of metastasizer, but it was growing for 30 years, okay, all my lymph nodes are clean and so on. Something about Schizophrenics protects us from dying from cancer. Not that we don't get it, we just don't usually die from it. That something is the fact that Schizophrenics run with their Adrenals just going constantly.

When your Adrenal complex goes constantly, it degrades your body but it produces Adrenochrome, which is the oxidized form of the Adrenal hormones. People that are not Schizophrenics that take Adrenochrome find that it is a longevity substance, that it restores youthful function and sometimes youthful appearance as well to a huge degree and it is super psychedelic, okay? And this is why Schizophrenics are always not there, it's because they're constantly under psychedelic load. Adriacrom also may be what protects me in hyperspace because I was, I think, a fully formed Schizophrenic and should have died before my brother. But in an early age I became aware of my mental illness and I deliberately set out to kill myself or cure myself with psychedelics and I did both.

So I think that has protected me and given me something of a view of this. But I know that the Adrenochrome is the whole goal for the Powers that Beat. Now the bug on the other side of that doesn't care if these guys live or die or how long they live or so on, right, but it needs something to motivate them and Adrenochrome is the ultimate drug, you get it from a living adrenal gland can't be extracted from a corpse, okay? So it is the most horrific thing you've ever started to even think about and that's coming out. You're going to get inundated about information about this and it is going to be truly, truly horrifying.

And so many people are going to exit this planet because of the circumstances that they're going to be facing. They will not want to live with it, they just won't. Even want to think about it. Can you explain that? You mean the bad guys are the good guys?

No, the normies. So many of the norms are going to be shocked at what has been going on and how industrialized it is. Okay, so there are a lot of the bug adherence, there are a lot of the powers that be, they need a lot of adrenochrome. So right now on this planet, there are more slaves than have ever existed in all of humanity's history. There are more children now dying to produce adrenochrome than you can possibly imagine.

And it is a production, it is an industrialized process. And this, if you plug that in, so if you plug in the idea that they're trying to kill us and you keep plugging in all these horrific ideas, all of reality will make sense to you. So this makes sense of all of the horrors going on at the southern border here. This makes sense of all of the grooming gangs in the UK, all of the mass immigration. This makes sense as to why Soros is paying for all of this.

It makes sense as to why Soros is on his 12th liver and his 7th heart. Yeah. Are we going to get killed saying this stuff?

There had been a time ten or 15 years ago that that might have been the case. No longer is that the case. Too many people are talking about it. There are individuals that they won't touch for whatever reason. I don't know that individuals are protected, but there are individuals that can say things and get away with it.

And others don't know me. I'm paranoid. I'm assuming people are trying to kill me. I've got stalkers, I live in a walled compound, I'm heavily armed just because people try and stalk me. I'm a 40 year martial arts veteran and so I know people are trying to kill me.

And so it's just an ordinary part of life. They're not specifically trying to kill me for this anymore because this information is out there too much. Right, I see. Yeah. Well, I'm assuming that if they kill me, at least I go to heaven.

Exactly. And you'll never suffer, so they just bring you that much closer to your rewards. Now, in that process, by the way, in your medium psychoses, the more activity you do here on Earth in a given life, that lengthens the medium psychosis. So you will see instances of people, especially in India, where a child says he's got two families, he's five, remembers his previous life, they can go back and tell you all his previous brothers and all of this kind of thing. And that was an individual that died young and didn't do much in his life.

So his medium psychosis, the time between lives was very short for all of us, you included, that are out here broadcasting and putting themselves out and doing all of this stuff. We're doing a lot in this life. And so we can expect that our medium psychosis will be very long indeed because you go through heaven and hell. The hell is the part of your soul being reducing all of its experience down into the intuition that you'll take into your next life. And then the heaven is where you are.

Your consciousness is during that period of time. And this is what is called the long rest or the long sleep. And so it's a really complicated guy. The woo is deep and it is very old. But there are people now, Obama I know for sure and the man that he claims to be, Michelle, his wife, I know both of these individuals to be participants in what I call the war through time.

And so there are things you can do to affect how and where and when you are reborn. Some of us will not do that because it has consequences. Others in the service of the bug, they do do that. And so this is why you will see Obama going to visit a statue in Egypt that looks exactly like him carved several thousand years ago because in his previous life that was him. Right.

And he had a long medium psychosis, a long rest, and popped out into this life. And so this also, if you plug in these things, a lot of this stuff starts making even more sense. Yeah, well, presumably I hope there are bad consequences for this kind of shit that they do. Yes, they can delay and delay and delay, but the scales are here now. The time that these things occur that come out are the shift of ages.

Astrology is us looking at the energies of life and making certain categories and decisions about them. But those energies exist whether we would care to examine them or not. And so as we change from the Age of PISCES into the Age of Aquarius, as we have done, certain energies are now popping in that didn't exist in the past and we are responding to those. It is at these cusp points, these great changes that you find things happening to the planet such as we are going through right now. And it is at these periods of time that the scales of justice are balanced.

And so there's a lot of misery coming to our enemies. Yes, yes. But ultimate reward for the good guys, I mean, presumably good does get rewarded ultimately by the universe or whatever. That's above my pay grade. I don't make those kinds of decisions.

Right, right. Because then you have to what is a reward? Who would be giving the reward? That implies an ownership of the being that's being rewarded and so on. So I don't know.

The universe quite works that way. I know that we are here to learn what to do and what not to do and that I know that when we go into our medium psychosis. We allow the changes that we experience here to alter our beings. Bear in mind that we're permanent beings, eternal beings that are simply mortal. Okay?

We live many lives. We're not eternal, we're not immortal, but we are eternal. And so we allow ourselves to be changed so we can grow. And this, again is a great boon to not be static and constant the way everything is in the land of permanence. So in my reality here, things are as they are.

But I don't answer why questions because that goes to intent and I can never suss out intent. And I just basically attempt to look and accept and make decisions based on what I see. Well, Cliff, I've so enjoyed this and it's going to just completely blow people's minds, which of course is exactly what you want. Very quickly, when you talk about psychedelics, which ones you're talking about? DMT.

Iwasca DMT is too quick. I like masculine and I like shrooms. I like yellow teachers or Thai teachers. It's a particular type of psilocybubensis. But when I take mushrooms, I take shamanic level doses.

Right. I don't do these things as recreational, so I used to make my own mescaline, which is taken from the San Pedro cactus from Peyote. And masculine, in my opinion, is the best for reaching and sustaining time in hyperspace. It is not a particularly good psychedelic relative to the other uses, like getting off of smoking or quitting opiates. Right?

You're better off taking mushrooms. Never take LSD or any of the synthetics if you want to get the hyperspace. They just will not bust you through. DMT will bust you through, but it's going to haul you back real quick. Okay, that's good.

Yes. Anyway, I'm sorry, I've got my supper waiting for me and I measured it's late. Well, while we still got food available. But Cliff, it's been fantastic. I've so enjoyed this.

And just my remind my listeners, please support me on patreon and SubscribeStar if my website is working again. If you didn't at the moment, you can support me on PayPal as well and check out Cliff's other do you want to plug anything? Cliff, have you got any? No, I'm old. Retired guy.

I got into bitcoin. I don't need to sell things. Yes, so hold on to cryptos and are there any other things that I want to know about that? No, that's basically it. Okay, we're going to go through tough times.

We'll pull out. Cool. Okay. Thanks a lot, Cliff. It's been great to talk to you.

Okay. Okay. Yeah. Bye bye. Thank you.

Bye.

Close video.


View me!

The number-one best-selling pioneer of "fratire" and a leading evolutionary psychologist team up to create the dating book for guys. Whether they conducted their research in life or in the lab, experts Tucker Max and Dr. Geoffrey Miller have spent the last 20-plus years learning what women really want from their men, why they want it, and how men can deliver those qualities. The short answer: Become the best version of yourself possible, then show it off. It sounds simple, but it's not. If it were, Tinder would just be the stuff you use to start a fire. Becoming your best self requires honesty, self-awareness, hard work, and a little help. Through their website and podcasts, Max and Miller have already helped over one million guys take their first steps toward Miss Right. They have collected all of their findings in Mate, an evidence-driven, seriously funny playbook that will teach you to become a more sexually attractive and romantically successful man, the right way: No "seduction techniques" No moralizing No bullshit Just honest, straightforward talk about the most ethical, effective way to pursue the win-win relationships you want with the women who are best for you. Much of what they've discovered will surprise you, some of it will not, but all of it is important and often misunderstood. So listen up, and stop being stupid!

Words of affirmation, quality time, gifts, acts of service, physical touching - learning these love languages will get your marriage off to a great start or enhance a long-standing one! Chapman explains the purpose of each "language" and shows you how to identify the one that's meaningful to your spouse now. Updated to reflect the complexities of relationships in today's world, this new edition of The 5 Love Languages reveals intrinsic truths and provides action steps in each chapter that will help you on your way to a healthier relationship. Also includes an updated personal profile. With a divorce rate that hovers around 50 percent, don't let yourself become a statistic. In Things I Wish I'd Known Before We Got Married, Gary Chapman teaches you and your future spouse how to work together as an intimate team! He shares with engaged couples practical tips he wishes he knew before he got married. Discussion centers around love, romance, conflict resolution, forgiveness, and sexual fulfillment. Included are insightful questions, suggestions, and exercises.

A one-page tool to reinvent yourself and your career. The global best seller Business Model Generation introduced a unique visual way to summarize and creatively brainstorm any business or product idea on a single sheet of paper. Business Model You uses the same powerful one-page tool to teach listeners how to draw "personal business models," which reveal new ways their skills can be adapted to the changing needs of the marketplace to reveal new, more satisfying, career and life possibilities. Produced by the same team that created Business Model Generation, this audiobook is based on the Business Model Canvas methodology, which has quickly emerged as the world's leading business model description and innovation technique. This book shows listeners how to: - Understand business model thinking and diagram their current personal business model - Understand the value of their skills in the marketplace and define their purpose - Articulate a vision for change - Create a new personal business model harmonized with that vision - And most important, test and implement the new model When you implement the one-page tool from Business Model You, you create a game-changing business model for your life and career.

The bible for bringing cutting-edge products to larger markets—now revised and updated with new insights into the realities of high-tech marketing In Crossing the Chasm, Geoffrey A. Moore shows that in the Technology Adoption Life Cycle—which begins with innovators and moves to early adopters, early majority, late majority, and laggards—there is a vast chasm between the early adopters and the early majority. While early adopters are willing to sacrifice for the advantage of being first, the early majority waits until they know that the technology actually offers improvements in productivity. The challenge for innovators and marketers is to narrow this chasm and ultimately accelerate adoption across every segment. This third edition brings Moore's classic work up to date with dozens of new examples of successes and failures, new strategies for marketing in the digital world, and Moore's most current insights and findings. He also includes two new appendices, the first connecting the ideas in Crossing the Chasm to work subsequently published in his Inside the Tornado, and the second presenting his recent groundbreaking work for technology adoption models for high-tech consumer markets.

Endless terror. Refugee waves. An unfixable global economy. Surprising election results. New billion-dollar fortunes. Miracle medical advances. What if they were all connected? What if you could understand why? The Seventh Sense is the story of what all of today's successful figures see and feel: the forces that are invisible to most of us but explain everything from explosive technological change to uneasy political ripples. The secret to power now is understanding our new age of networks. Not merely the Internet, but also webs of trade, finance, and even DNA. Based on his years of advising generals, CEOs, and politicians, Ramo takes us into the opaque heart of our world's rapidly connected systems and teaches us what the losers are not yet seeing -- and what the victors of this age already know.

This lushly illustrated history of popular entertainment takes a long-zoom approach, contending that the pursuit of novelty and wonder is a powerful driver of world-shaping technological change. Steven Johnson argues that, throughout history, the cutting edge of innovation lies wherever people are working the hardest to keep themselves and others amused. Johnson’s storytelling is just as delightful as the inventions he describes, full of surprising stops along the journey from simple concepts to complex modern systems. He introduces us to the colorful innovators of leisure: the explorers, proprietors, showmen, and artists who changed the trajectory of history with their luxurious wares, exotic meals, taverns, gambling tables, and magic shows. In Wonderland, Johnson compellingly argues that observers of technological and social trends should be looking for clues in novel amusements. You’ll find the future wherever people are having the most fun.

Nothing “goes viral.” If you think a popular movie, song, or app came out of nowhere to become a word-of-mouth success in today’s crowded media environment, you’re missing the real story. Each blockbuster has a secret history—of power, influence, dark broadcasters, and passionate cults that turn some new products into cultural phenomena. Even the most brilliant ideas wither in obscurity if they fail to connect with the right network, and the consumers that matter most aren't the early adopters, but rather their friends, followers, and imitators -- the audience of your audience. In his groundbreaking investigation, Atlantic senior editor Derek Thompson uncovers the hidden psychology of why we like what we like and reveals the economics of cultural markets that invisibly shape our lives. Shattering the sentimental myths of hit-making that dominate pop culture and business, Thompson shows quality is insufficient for success, nobody has "good taste," and some of the most popular products in history were one bad break away from utter failure. It may be a new world, but there are some enduring truths to what audiences and consumers want. People love a familiar surprise: a product that is bold, yet sneakily recognizable. Every business, every artist, every person looking to promote themselves and their work wants to know what makes some works so successful while others disappear. Hit Makers is a magical mystery tour through the last century of pop culture blockbusters and the most valuable currency of the twenty-first century—people’s attention. From the dawn of impressionist art to the future of Facebook, from small Etsy designers to the origin of Star Wars, Derek Thompson leaves no pet rock unturned to tell the fascinating story of how culture happens and why things become popular. In Hit Makers, Derek Thompson investigates: · The secret link between ESPN's sticky programming and the The Weeknd's catchy choruses · Why Facebook is today’s most important newspaper · How advertising critics predicted Donald Trump · The 5th grader who accidentally launched "Rock Around the Clock," the biggest hit in rock and roll history · How Barack Obama and his speechwriters think of themselves as songwriters · How Disney conquered the world—but the future of hits belongs to savvy amateurs and individuals · The French collector who accidentally created the Impressionist canon · Quantitative evidence that the biggest music hits aren’t always the best · Why almost all Hollywood blockbusters are sequels, reboots, and adaptations · Why one year--1991--is responsible for the way pop music sounds today · Why another year --1932--created the business model of film · How data scientists proved that “going viral” is a myth · How 19th century immigration patterns explain the most heard song in the Western Hemisphere

Ours is often called an information economy, but at a moment when access to information is virtually unlimited, our attention has become the ultimate commodity. In nearly every moment of our waking lives, we face a barrage of efforts to harvest our attention. This condition is not simply the byproduct of recent technological innovations but the result of more than a century's growth and expansion in the industries that feed on human attention. Wu’s narrative begins in the nineteenth century, when Benjamin Day discovered he could get rich selling newspapers for a penny. Since then, every new medium—from radio to television to Internet companies such as Google and Facebook—has attained commercial viability and immense riches by turning itself into an advertising platform. Since the early days, the basic business model of “attention merchants” has never changed: free diversion in exchange for a moment of your time, sold in turn to the highest-bidding advertiser. Full of lively, unexpected storytelling and piercing insight, The Attention Merchants lays bare the true nature of a ubiquitous reality we can no longer afford to accept at face value.

Some people think that in today’s hyper-competitive world, it’s the tough, take-no-prisoners type who comes out on top. But in reality, argues New York Times bestselling author Dave Kerpen, it’s actually those with the best people skills who win the day. Those who build the right relationships. Those who truly understand and connect with their colleagues, their customers, their partners. Those who can teach, lead, and inspire. In a world where we are constantly connected, and social media has become the primary way we communicate, the key to getting ahead is being the person others like, respect, and trust. Because no matter who you are or what profession you're in, success is contingent less on what you can do for yourself, but on what other people are willing to do for you. Here, through 53 bite-sized, easy-to-execute, and often counterintuitive tips, you’ll learn to master the 11 People Skills that will get you more of what you want at work, at home, and in life. For example, you’ll learn: · The single most important question you can ever ask to win attention in a meeting · The one simple key to networking that nobody talks about · How to remain top of mind for thousands of people, everyday · Why it usually pays to be the one to give the bad news · How to blow off the right people · And why, when in doubt, buy him a Bonsai A book best described as “How to Win Friends and Influence People for today’s world,” The Art of People shows how to charm and win over anyone to be more successful at work and outside of it.

Business Model Generation is a handbook for visionaries, game changers, and challengers striving to defy outmoded business models and design tomorrow's enterprises. If your organization needs to adapt to harsh new realities, but you don't yet have a strategy that will get you out in front of your competitors, you need Business Model Generation. Co-created by 470 "Business Model Canvas" practitioners from 45 countries, the book features a beautiful, highly visual, 4-color design that takes powerful strategic ideas and tools, and makes them easy to implement in your organization. It explains the most common Business Model patterns, based on concepts from leading business thinkers, and helps you reinterpret them for your own context. You will learn how to systematically understand, design, and implement a game-changing business model--or analyze and renovate an old one. Along the way, you'll understand at a much deeper level your customers, distribution channels, partners, revenue streams, costs, and your core value proposition. Business Model Generation features practical innovation techniques used today by leading consultants and companies worldwide, including 3M, Ericsson, Capgemini, Deloitte, and others. Designed for doers, it is for those ready to abandon outmoded thinking and embrace new models of value creation: for executives, consultants, entrepreneurs, and leaders of all organizations. If you're ready to change the rules, you belong to "the business model generation!"

#1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER If you want to build a better future, you must believe in secrets. The great secret of our time is that there are still uncharted frontiers to explore and new inventions to create. In Zero to One, legendary entrepreneur and investor Peter Thiel shows how we can find singular ways to create those new things. Thiel begins with the contrarian premise that we live in an age of technological stagnation, even if we’re too distracted by shiny mobile devices to notice. Information technology has improved rapidly, but there is no reason why progress should be limited to computers or Silicon Valley. Progress can be achieved in any industry or area of business. It comes from the most important skill that every leader must master: learning to think for yourself. Doing what someone else already knows how to do takes the world from 1 to n, adding more of something familiar. But when you do something new, you go from 0 to 1. The next Bill Gates will not build an operating system. The next Larry Page or Sergey Brin won’t make a search engine. Tomorrow’s champions will not win by competing ruthlessly in today’s marketplace. They will escape competition altogether, because their businesses will be unique. Zero to One presents at once an optimistic view of the future of progress in America and a new way of thinking about innovation: it starts by learning to ask the questions that lead you to find value in unexpected places.

Why should I do business with you… and not your competitor? Whether you are a retailer, manufacturer, distributor, or service provider – if you cannot answer this question, you are surely losing customers, clients and market share. This eye-opening book reveals how identifying your competitive advantages (and trumpeting them to the marketplace) is the most surefire way to close deals, retain clients, and stay miles ahead of the competition. The five fatal flaws of most companies: • They don’t have a competitive advantage but think they do • They have a competitive advantage but don’t know what it is—so they lower prices instead • They know what their competitive advantage is but neglect to tell clients about it • They mistake “strengths” for competitive advantages • They don’t concentrate on competitive advantages when making strategic and operational decisions The good news is that you can overcome these costly mistakes – by identifying your competitive advantages and creating new ones. Consultant, public speaker, and competitive advantage expert Jaynie Smith will show you how scores of small and large companies substantially increased their sales by focusing on their competitive advantages. When advising a CEO frustrated by his salespeople’s inability to close deals, Smith discovered that his company stayed on schedule 95 percent of the time – an achievement no one else in his industry could claim. By touting this and other competitive advantages to customers, closing rates increased by 30 percent—and so did company revenues. Jack Welch has said, “If you don’t have a competitive advantage, don’t compete.” This straight-to-the-point book is filled with insightful stories and specific steps on how to pinpoint your competitive advantages, develop new ones, and get the message out about them.

The number one New York Times best seller that examines how people can champion new ideas in their careers and everyday life - and how leaders can fight groupthink, from the author of Think Again and co-author of Option B. With Give and Take, Adam Grant not only introduced a landmark new paradigm for success but also established himself as one of his generation’s most compelling and provocative thought leaders. In Originals he again addresses the challenge of improving the world, but now from the perspective of becoming original: choosing to champion novel ideas and values that go against the grain, battle conformity, and buck outdated traditions. How can we originate new ideas, policies, and practices without risking it all? Using surprising studies and stories spanning business, politics, sports, and entertainment, Grant explores how to recognize a good idea, speak up without getting silenced, build a coalition of allies, choose the right time to act, and manage fear and doubt; how parents and teachers can nurture originality in children; and how leaders can build cultures that welcome dissent. Learn from an entrepreneur who pitches his start-ups by highlighting the reasons not to invest, a woman at Apple who challenged Steve Jobs from three levels below, an analyst who overturned the rule of secrecy at the CIA, a billionaire financial wizard who fires employees for failing to criticize him, and a TV executive who didn’t even work in comedy but saved Seinfeld from the cutting-room floor. The payoff is a set of groundbreaking insights about rejecting conformity and improving the status quo.

In The $100 Startup, Chris Guillebeau tells you how to lead of life of adventure, meaning and purpose - and earn a good living. Still in his early 30s, Chris is on the verge of completing a tour of every country on earth - he's already visited more than 175 nations - and yet he’s never held a "real job" or earned a regular paycheck. Rather, he has a special genius for turning ideas into income, and he uses what he earns both to support his life of adventure and to give back. There are many others like Chris - those who've found ways to opt out of traditional employment and create the time and income to pursue what they find meaningful. Sometimes, achieving that perfect blend of passion and income doesn't depend on shelving what you currently do. You can start small with your venture, committing little time or money, and wait to take the real plunge when you're sure it's successful. In preparing to write this book, Chris identified 1,500 individuals who have built businesses earning $50,000 or more from a modest investment (in many cases, $100 or less), and from that group he’s chosen to focus on the 50 most intriguing case studies. In nearly all cases, people with no special skills discovered aspects of their personal passions that could be monetized, and were able to restructure their lives in ways that gave them greater freedom and fulfillment. Here, finally, distilled into one easy-to-use guide, are the most valuable lessons from those who’ve learned how to turn what they do into a gateway to self-fulfillment. It’s all about finding the intersection between your "expertise" - even if you don’t consider it such - and what other people will pay for. You don’t need an MBA, a business plan or even employees. All you need is a product or service that springs from what you love to do anyway, people willing to pay, and a way to get paid. Not content to talk in generalities, Chris tells you exactly how many dollars his group of unexpected entrepreneurs required to get their projects up and running; what these individuals did in the first weeks and months to generate significant cash; some of the key mistakes they made along the way, and the crucial insights that made the business stick. Among Chris’s key principles: if you’re good at one thing, you’re probably good at something else; never teach a man to fish - sell him the fish instead; and in the battle between planning and action, action wins. In ancient times, people who were dissatisfied with their lives dreamed of finding magic lamps, buried treasure, or streets paved with gold. Today, we know that it’s up to us to change our lives. And the best part is, if we change our own life, we can help others change theirs. This remarkable book will start you on your way.

Bold is a radical, how-to guide for using exponential technologies, moonshot thinking, and crowd-powered tools to create extraordinary wealth while also positively impacting the lives of billions. Exploring the exponential technologies that are disrupting today's Fortune 500 companies and enabling upstart entrepreneurs to go from "I've got an idea" to "I run a billion-dollar company" far faster than ever before, the authors provide exceptional insight into the power of 3-D printing, artificial intelligence, robotics, networks and sensors, and synthetic biology. Drawing on insights from billionaire entrepreneurs Larry Page, Elon Musk, Richard Branson, and Jeff Bezos, the audiobook offers the best practices that allow anyone to leverage today's hyper connected crowd like never before. The authors teach how to design and use incentive competitions, launch million-dollar crowdfunding campaigns to tap into tens of billions of dollars of capital, and build communities - armies of exponentially enabled individuals willing and able to help today's entrepreneurs make their boldest dreams come true. Bold is both a manifesto and a manual. It is today's exponential entrepreneur's go-to resource on the use of emerging technologies, thinking at scale, and the awesome impact of crowd-powered tools.

The answer is simple: come up with 10 ideas a day. It doesn't matter if they are good or bad, the key is to exercise your "idea muscle", to keep it toned, and in great shape. People say ideas are cheap and execution is everything but that is NOT true. Execution is a consequence, a subset of good, brilliant idea. And good ideas require daily work. Ideas may be easy if we are only coming up with one or two but if you open this book to any of the pages and try to produce more than three, you will feel a burn, scratch your head, and you will be sweating, and working hard. There is a turning point when you reach idea number six for the day, you still have four to go, and your mind muscle is getting a workout. By the time you list those last ideas to make it to 10 you will see for yourself what "sweating the idea muscle" means. As you practice the daily idea generation you become an idea machine. When we become idea machines we are flooded with lots of bad ideas but also with some that are very good. This happens by the sheer force of the number, because we are coming up with 3,650 ideas per year (at 10 a day). When you are inspired by an extraordinary idea, all of your thoughts break their chains, you go beyond limitations and your capacity to act expands in every direction. Forces and abilities you did not know you had come to the surface, and you realize you are capable of doing great things. As you practice with the suggested prompts in this book your ideas will get better, you will be a source of great insight for others, people will find you magnetic, and they will want to hang out with you because you have so much to offer. When you practice every day your life will transform, in no more than 180 days, because it has no other evolutionary choice. Life changes for the better when we become the source of positive, insightful, and helpful ideas. Don't believe a word I say. Instead, challenge yourself.

A Guide to Resilience: How to Bounce Back from Life's Inevitable Problems Christian Moore is convinced that each of us has a power hidden within, something that can get us through any kind of adversity. That power is resilience. In The Resilience Breakthrough, Moore delivers a practical primer on how you can become more resilient in a world of instability and narrowing opportunity, whether you're facing financial troubles, health setbacks, challenges on the job, or any other problem. We can each have our own resilience breakthrough, Moore argues, and can each learn how to use adverse circumstances as potent fuel for overcoming life's hardships. As he shares engaging real-life stories and brutally honest analyses of his own experiences, Moore equips you with 27 resilience-building tools that you can start using today - in your personal life or in your organization.

What if someone told you that your behavior was controlled by a powerful, invisible force? Most of us would be skeptical of such a claim--but it's largely true. Our brains are constantly transmitting and receiving signals of which we are unaware. Studies show that these constant inputs drive the great majority of our decisions about what to do next--and we become conscious of the decisions only after we start acting on them. Many may find that disturbing. But the implications for leadership are profound. In this provocative yet practical book, renowned speaking coach and communication expert Nick Morgan highlights recent research that shows how humans are programmed to respond to the nonverbal cues of others--subtle gestures, sounds, and signals--that elicit emotion. He then provides a clear, useful framework of seven "power cues" that will be essential for any leader in business, the public sector, or almost any context. You'll learn crucial skills, from measuring nonverbal signs of confidence, to the art and practice of gestures and vocal tones, to figuring out what your gut is really telling you. This concise and engaging guide will help leaders and aspiring leaders of all stripes to connect powerfully, communicate more effectively, and command influence.

New York Times bestselling author and social media expert Gary Vaynerchuk shares hard-won advice on how to connect with customers and beat the competition. A mash-up of the best elements of Crush It! and The Thank You Economy with a fresh spin, Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook is a blueprint to social media marketing strategies that really works. When managers and marketers outline their social media strategies, they plan for the "right hook"—their next sale or campaign that's going to knock out the competition. Even companies committed to jabbing—patiently engaging with customers to build the relationships crucial to successful social media campaigns—want to land the punch that will take down their opponent or their customer's resistance in one blow. Right hooks convert traffic to sales and easily show results. Except when they don't. Thanks to massive change and proliferation in social media platforms, the winning combination of jabs and right hooks is different now. Vaynerchuk shows that while communication is still key, context matters more than ever. It's not just about developing high-quality content, but developing high-quality content perfectly adapted to specific social media platforms and mobile devices—content tailor-made for Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, Twitter and Tumblr.

From the best-selling author of The Black Swan and one of the foremost thinkers of our time, Nassim Nicholas Taleb, a book on how some things actually benefit from disorder. In The Black Swan Taleb outlined a problem, and in Antifragile he offers a definitive solution: how to gain from disorder and chaos while being protected from fragilities and adverse events. For what Taleb calls the "antifragile" is actually beyond the robust, because it benefits from shocks, uncertainty, and stressors, just as human bones get stronger when subjected to stress and tension. The antifragile needs disorder in order to survive and flourish. Taleb stands uncertainty on its head, making it desirable, even necessary, and proposes that things be built in an antifragile manner. The antifragile is immune to prediction errors. Why is the city-state better than the nation-state, why is debt bad for you, and why is everything that is both modern and complicated bound to fail? The audiobook spans innovation by trial and error, health, biology, medicine, life decisions, politics, foreign policy, urban planning, war, personal finance, and economic systems. And throughout, in addition to the street wisdom of Fat Tony of Brooklyn, the voices and recipes of ancient wisdom, from Roman, Greek, Semitic, and medieval sources, are heard loud and clear. Extremely ambitious and multidisciplinary, Antifragile provides a blueprint for how to behave - and thrive - in a world we don't understand, and which is too uncertain for us to even try to understand and predict. Erudite and witty, Taleb’s message is revolutionary: What is not antifragile will surely perish.

The Cluetrain Manifesto began as a Web site in 1999 when the authors, who have worked variously at IBM, Sun Microsystems, the Linux Journal, and NPR, posted 95 theses about the new reality of the networked marketplace. Ten years after its original publication, their message remains more relevant than ever. For example, thesis no. 2: “Markets consist of human beings, not demographic sectors”; thesis no. 20: “Companies need to realize their markets are often laughing. At them.” The book enlarges on these themes through dozens of stories and observations about business in America and how the Internet will continue to change it all. With a new introduction and chapters by the authors, and commentary by Jake McKee, JP Rangaswami, and Dan Gillmor, this book is essential reading for anybody interested in the Internet and e-commerce, and is especially vital for businesses navigating the topography of the wired marketplace.

From the founders of the trailblazing software company 37signals, here is a different kind of business book one that explores a new reality. Today, anyone can be in business. Tools that used to be out of reach are now easily accessible. Technology that cost thousands is now just a few bucks or even free. Stuff that was impossible just a few years ago is now simple.That means anyone can start a business. And you can do it without working miserable 80-hour weeks or depleting your life savings. You can start it on the side while your day job provides all the cash flow you need. Forget about business plans, meetings, office space - you don't need them. With its straightforward language and easy-is-better approach, Rework is the perfect playbook for anyone who's ever dreamed of doing it on their own. Hardcore entrepreneurs, small-business owners, people stuck in day jobs who want to get out, and artists who don't want to starve anymore will all find valuable inspiration and guidance in these pages. It's time to rework work.


Tesla's main source of inspiration.
Roger Joseph Boscovich, a physicist, astronomer, mathematician, philosopher, diplomat, poet, theologian, Jesuit priest, and polymath, published the first edition of his famous work, Philosophiae Naturalis Theoria Redacta Ad Unicam Legem Virium In Natura Existentium (Theory Of Natural Philosophy Derived To The Single Law Of Forces Which Exist In Nature), in Vienna, in 1758, containing his atomic theory and his theory of forces. A second edition was published in 1763 in Venice

Bill Clinton's Georgetown mentor's history of the Conspiracy since the Boer War in South Africa.
TRAGEDY AND HOPE shows the years 1895-1950 as a period of transition from the world dominated by Europe in the nineteenth century to the world of three blocs in the twentieth century. With clarity, perspective, and cumulative impact, Professor Quigley examines the nature of that transition through two world wars and a worldwide economic depression. As an interpretative historian, he tries to show each event in the full complexity of its historical context. The result is a unique work, notable in several ways. It gives a picture of the world in terms of the influence of different cultures and outlooks upon each other; it shows, more completely than in any similar work, the influence of science and technology on human life; and it explains, with unprecedented clarity, how the intricate financial and commercial patterns of the West prior to 1914 influenced the development of today’s world.

This is the July, 2016 ALTA (Asymmetric Linguistic Trends Analysis) Report. Also known as 'the Web Bot' report, this series is brought to you by halfpasthuman.com. This report covers your future world from July 2016 through to 2031. Forecasts are created using predictive linguistics (from the inventor) and cover your planet, your population, your economy and markets, and your Space Goat Farts where you will find all the 'unknown' and 'officially denied' woo-woo that will be shaping your environment over these next few decades.

Time is considered as an independent entity which cannot be reduced to the concept of matter, space or field. The point of discussion is the "time flow" conception of N A Kozyrev (1908-1983), an outstanding Russian astronomer and natural scientist. In addition to a review of the experimental studies of "the active properties of time", by both Kozyrev and modern scientists, the reader will find different interpretations of Kozyrev's views and some developments of his ideas in the fields of geophysics, astrophysics, general relativity and theoretical mechanics.

How UFO Time Engines work - Clif High

The webpage discusses the workings of UFO time engines according to N.A. Kozyrev's experiments. The LL1 engine is described as a hollow metal sphere with a pool of mercury metal inside. When activated by electrical energy, it creates a uni-polar magnetic field causing the mercury to spin at a high rate and induce "time stuff" to accumulate on its surface. The accrued time stuff is siphoned down magnetically to the radiating antennae on the bottom of the vessel, providing self-sustaining power and allowing for time travel. The environment inside UFOs is likely volatile and not suitable for humans.

The Body Electric tells the fascinating story of our bioelectric selves. Robert O. Becker, a pioneer in the filed of regeneration and its relationship to electrical currents in living things, challenges the established mechanistic understanding of the body. He found clues to the healing process in the long-discarded theory that electricity is vital to life. But as exciting as Becker's discoveries are, pointing to the day when human limbs, spinal cords, and organs may be regenerated after they have been damaged, equally fascinating is the story of Becker's struggle to do such original work. The Body Electric explores new pathways in our understanding of evolution, acupuncture, psychic phenomena, and healing.

Unique, controversial, and frequently cited, this survey offers highly detailed accounts concerning the development of ideas and theories about the nature of electricity and space (aether). Readily accessible to general readers as well as high school students, teachers, and undergraduates, it includes much information unavailable elsewhere. This single-volume edition comprises both The Classical Theories and The Modern Theories, which were originally published separately. The first volume covers the theories of classical physics from the age of the Greek philosophers to the late 19th century. The second volume chronicles discoveries that led to the advances of modern physics, focusing on special relativity, quantum theories, general relativity, matrix mechanics, and wave mechanics. Noted historian of science I. Bernard Cohen, who reviewed these books for Scientific American, observed, "I know of no other history of electricity which is as sound as Whittaker's. All those who have found stimulation from his works will read this informative and accurate history with interest and profit."

The third edition of the defining text for the graduate-level course in Electricity and Magnetism has finally arrived! It has been 37 years since the first edition and 24 since the second. The new edition addresses the changes in emphasis and applications that have occurred in the field, without any significant increase in length.

Objects are a ubiquitous presence and few of us stop and think what they mean in our lives. This is the job of philosophers and this is what Jean Baudrillard does in his book. This is required reading for followers of Baudrillard, and he is perhaps the most assessable to the General Reader. Baudrillard is most associated with Post Modernism, and this early book sets the stage for that journey to the post modern world.
We are all surrounded by objects, but how many times have we thought about what those objects represent. If we took the time to think about the symbolism, we could arrive at easy solutions. We have been so accustomed to advertising the automobile representing freedom is an easy conclusion. But what about furniture? What about chairs? What about the arrangement of furniture? Watches? Collecting objects? Baudrillard literally opens up a new world and creates the universe of objects.
It is not that the critique of a society or objects has not been done before, but Baudrillard’s approach is new. Baudrillard examines objects as signs with a smattering of Post-Marxist thought. In his analysis of objects as signs, he ushers in the Post-Modern age and world for which he would be known. Heady stuff to be sure, but is presented by Baudrillard in a readily accessible manner. He articulates his thesis in a straightforward manner, avoiding the hyper-technical terminology he used in his later writings.

Moving away from the Marxist/Freudian approaches that had concerned him earlier, Baudrillard developed in this book a theory of contemporary culture that relies on displacing economic notions of cultural production with notions of cultural expenditure.

The book begins with Sidis's discovery of the first law of physical laws: "Among the physical laws it is a general characteristic that there is reversibility in time; that is, should the whole universe trace back the various positions that bodies in it have passed through in a given interval of time, but in the reverse order to that in which these positions actually occurred, then the universe, in this imaginary case, would still obey the same laws." Recent discoveries of dark matter are predicted by him in this book, and he goes on to show that the "Big Bang" is wrong. Sidis (SIGH-dis) shows that it is far more likely the universe is eternal

In this book you will encounter rare information regarding your true identity - the conscious self in the body - and how you may break the hypnotic spell your senses and thinking have cast about you since childhood.

Do we see the world as it truly is? In The Case Against Reality, pioneering cognitive scientist Donald Hoffman says no? we see what we need in order to survive. Our visual perceptions are not a window onto reality, Hoffman shows us, but instead are interfaces constructed by natural selection. The objects we see around us are not unlike the file icons on our computer desktops: while shaped like a small folder on our screens, the files themselves are made of a series of ones and zeros - too complex for most of us to understand. In a similar way, Hoffman argues, evolution has shaped our perceptions into simplistic illusions to help us navigate the world around us. Yet now these illusions can be manipulated by advertising and design.
Drawing on thirty years of Hoffman's own influential research, as well as evolutionary biology, game theory, neuroscience, and philosophy, The Case Against Reality makes the mind-bending yet utterly convincing case that the world is nothing like what we see through our eyes.

At the height of the Cold War, JFK risked committing the greatest crime in human history: starting a nuclear war. Horrified by the specter of nuclear annihilation, Kennedy gradually turned away from his long-held Cold Warrior beliefs and toward a policy of lasting peace. But to the military and intelligence agencies in the United States, who were committed to winning the Cold War at any cost, Kennedy’s change of heart was a direct threat to their power and influence. Once these dark “Unspeakable” forces recognized that Kennedy’s interests were in direct opposition to their own, they tagged him as a dangerous traitor, plotted his assassination, and orchestrated the subsequent cover-up.

2020 saw a spike in deaths in America, smaller than you might imagine during a pandemic, some of which could be attributed to COVID and to initial treatment strategies that were not effective. But then, in 2021, the stats people expected went off the rails. The CEO of the OneAmerica insurance company publicly disclosed that during the third and fourth quarters of 2021, death in people of working age (18–64) was 40 percent higher than it was before the pandemic. Significantly, the majority of the deaths were not attributed to COVID. A 40 percent increase in deaths is literally earth-shaking. Even a 10 percent increase in excess deaths would have been a 1-in-200-year event. But this was 40 percent. And therein lies a story—a story that starts with obvious questions: - What has caused this historic spike in deaths among younger people? - What has caused the shift from old people, who are expected to die, to younger people, who are expected to keep living?

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

RFK Jr: 23.5% GREATER likelihood of dying - 09-06-2023

The Tavistock Institute, in Sussex, England, describes itself as a nonprofit charity that applies social science to contemporary issues and problems. But this book posits that it is the world’s center for mass brainwashing and social engineering activities. It grew from a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House into a sophisticated organization that was to shape the destiny of the entire planet, and in the process, change the paradigm of modern society. In this eye-opening work, both the Tavistock network and the methods of brainwashing and psychological warfare are uncovered.

A seminal and controversial figure in the history of political thought and public relations, Edward Bernays (1891–1995), pioneered the scientific technique of shaping and manipulating public opinion, which he famously dubbed “engineering of consent.” During World War I, he was an integral part of the U.S. Committee on Public Information (CPI), a powerful propaganda apparatus that was mobilized to package, advertise and sell the war to the American people as one that would “Make the World Safe for Democracy.” The CPI would become the blueprint in which marketing strategies for future wars would be based upon.
Bernays applied the techniques he had learned in the CPI and, incorporating some of the ideas of Walter Lipmann, as well as his uncle, Sigmund Freud, became an outspoken proponent of propaganda as a tool for democratic and corporate manipulation of the population. His 1928 bombshell Propaganda lays out his eerily prescient vision for using propaganda to regiment the collective mind in a variety of areas, including government, politics, art, science and education. To read this book today is to frightfully comprehend what our contemporary institutions of government and business have become in regards to organized manipulation of the masses.

Undressing the Bible: in Hebrew, the Old Testament speaks for itself, explicitly and transparently. It tells of mysterious beings, special and powerful ones, that appeared on Earth.
Aliens?
Former earthlings?
Superior civilizations, that have always been present on our planet?
Creators, manipulators, geneticists. Aviators, warriors, despotic rulers. And scientists, possessing very advanced knowledge, special weapons and science-fiction-like technologies.
Once naked, the Bible is very different from how it has always been told to us: it does not contain any spiritual, omnipotent and omniscient God, no eternity. No apples and no creeping, tempting, serpents. No winged angels. Not even the Red Sea: the people of the Exodus just wade through a simple reed bed.
Writer and journalist Giorgio Cattaneo sits down with Italy's most renowned biblical translator for his first long interview about his life's work for the English audience. A decade long official Bible translator for the Church and lifelong researcher of ancient myths and tales, Mauro Bilglino is a unicum in his field of expertise and research. A fine connoisseur of dead languages, from ancient Greek to Hebrew and medieval Latin, he focused his attention and efforts on the accurate translating of the bible.
The encounter with Mauro Biglino and his work - the journalist writes - is profoundly healthy, stimulating and inevitably destabilizing: it forces us to reconsider the solidity of the awareness that nourishes many of our common beliefs. And it is a testament to the courage that is needed, today more than ever, to claim the full dignity of free research.

Most people have heard of Jesus Christ, considered the Messiah by Christians, and who lived 2000 years ago. But very few have ever heard of Sabbatai Zevi, who declared himself the Messiah in 1666. By proclaiming redemption was available through acts of sin, he amassed a following of over one million passionate believers, about half the world's Jewish population during the 17th century.Although many Rabbis at the time considered him a heretic, his fame extended far and wide. Sabbatai's adherents planned to abolish many ritualistic observances, because, according to the Talmud, holy obligations would no longer apply in the Messianic time. Fasting days became days of feasting and rejoicing. Sabbateans encouraged and practiced sexual promiscuity, adultery, incest and religious orgies.After Sabbati Zevi's death in 1676, his Kabbalist successor, Jacob Frank, expanded upon and continued his occult philosophy. Frankism, a religious movement of the 18th and 19th centuries, centered on his leadership, and his claim to be the reincarnation of the Messiah Sabbatai Zevi. He, like Zevi, would perform "strange acts" that violated traditional religious taboos, such as eating fats forbidden by Jewish dietary laws, ritual sacrifice, and promoting orgies and sexual immorality. He often slept with his followers, as well as his own daughter, while preaching a doctrine that the best way to imitate God was to cross every boundary, transgress every taboo, and mix the sacred with the profane. Hebrew University of Jerusalem Professor Gershom Scholem called Jacob Frank, "one of the most frightening phenomena in the whole of Jewish history".Jacob Frank would eventually enter into an alliance formed by Adam Weishaupt and Meyer Amshel Rothschild called the Order of the Illuminati. The objectives of this organization was to undermine the world's religions and power structures, in an effort to usher in a utopian era of global communism, which they would covertly rule by their hidden hand: the New World Order. Using secret societies, such as the Freemasons, their agenda has played itself out over the centuries, staying true to the script. The Illuminati handle opposition by a near total control of the world's media, academic opinion leaders, politicians and financiers. Still considered nothing more than theory to many, more and more people wake up each day to the possibility that this is not just a theory, but a terrifying Satanic conspiracy.

This is the first English translation of this revolutionary essay by Vladimir I. Vernadsky, the great Russian-Ukrainian biogeochemist. It was first published in 1930 in French in the Revue générale des sciences pures et appliquées. In it, Vernadsky makes a powerful and provocative argument for the need to develop what he calls “a new physics,” something he felt was clearly necessitated by the implications of the groundbreaking work of Louis Pasteur among few others, but also something that was required to free science from the long-lasting effects of the work of Isaac Newton, most notably.
For hundreds of years, science had developed in a direction which became increasingly detached from the breakthroughs made in the study of life and the natural sciences, detached even from human life itself, and committed reductionists and small-minded scientists were resolved to the fact that ultimately all would be reduced to “the old physics.” The scientific revolution of Einstein was a step in the right direction, but here Vernadsky insists that there is more progress to be made. He makes a bold call for a new physics, taking into account, and fundamentally based upon, the striking anomalies of life and human life.

Using an inspired combination of geometric logic and metaphors from familiar human experience, Bucky invites readers to join him on a trip through a four-dimensional Universe, where concepts as diverse as entropy, Einstein's relativity equations, and the meaning of existence become clear, understandable, and immediately involving. In his own words: "Dare to be naive... It is one of our most exciting discoveries that local discovery leads to a complex of further discoveries." Here are three key examples or concepts from "Synergetics":

Tensegrity

Tensegrity, or tensional integrity, refers to structural systems that use a combination of tension and compression components. The simplest example of this is the "tensegrity triangle", where three struts are held in position not by touching one another but by tensioned wires. These systems are stable and flexible. Tensegrity structures are pervasive in natural systems, from the cellular level up to larger biological and even cosmological scales.

Vector Equilibrium (VE)

The Vector Equilibrium, often referred to by Fuller as the "VE", is a geometric form that he saw as the central form in his synergetic geometry. It’s essentially a cuboctahedron. Fuller noted that the VE is the only geometric form wherein all the vectors (lines from the center to the vertices) are of equal length and angular relationship. Because of this, it’s seen as a condition of absolute equilibrium, where the forces of push and pull are balanced.

Closest Packing of Spheres

Fuller was fascinated by how spheres could be packed together in the tightest possible configuration, a concept he often linked to how nature organizes systems. For example, when you stack oranges in a grocery store, they form a hexagonal pattern, and the spheres (oranges) are in closest-packed arrangement. Fuller related this principle to atomic structures and even cosmic organization.

To prepare Americans and freedom loving people everywhere for our current global wartime reality that few understand, here comes The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare (CG5GW) by Lieutenant General, U.S. Army (Retired) Michael T. Flynn and Sergeant, U.S. Army (Retired) Boone Cutler. General Flynn rose to the highest levels of the intelligence community and served as the National Security Advisor to the 45th POTUS. Sergeant Boone Cutler ran the ground game as a wartime Psychological Operations team sergeant in the United States Army. Together, these two combat veterans put their combined experience and expertise into an illuminating fifth-generation warfare information series called The Citizen's Guide to Fifth Generation Warfare. Introduction to 5GW is the first session of the multipart series. The series, complete with easy-to-understand diagrams, is written for all of humanity in every freedom loving country.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Biosphere :

  • Vernadsky defined the biosphere as the thin layer of Earth where life exists, encompassing all living organisms and the parts of the Earth where they interact. This includes the depths of the oceans to the upper layers of the atmosphere.
  • He posited that life plays a critical role in transforming the Earth's environment. In this view, living organisms are not just passive inhabitants of the planet, but active agents of change. This idea contrasts with more traditional views that saw life as simply adapting to pre-existing environmental conditions.
  • One example of this transformative power is the oxygen-rich atmosphere, which was created by photosynthesizing organisms over billions of years.

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

Vladimir I. Vernadsky (1863-1945) was a Russian and Ukrainian mineralogist and geochemist who is best known for his work on the biosphere and the noosphere concepts. His ideas have profoundly influenced various scientific fields, from geology to biology and even philosophy. Here's the summary of his one of his concepts:

Noosphere :

  • The concept of the noosphere can be seen as the next evolutionary stage following the biosphere. While the biosphere represents the realm of life, the noosphere represents the realm of human thought.
  • Vernadsky believed that, just as life transformed the Earth through the biosphere, human thought and collective intelligence would transform the planet in the era of the noosphere. This transformation would be characterized by the dominance of cultural evolution over biological evolution.
  • In this paradigm, human knowledge, technology, and cultural developments would become the primary drivers of change on the planet, influencing its future direction.
  • The term "noosphere" is derived from the Greek word “nous” meaning "mind" or "intellect" and "sphaira" meaning "sphere." So, the noosphere can be thought of as the "sphere of human thought."

It's worth noting that Vernadsky's ideas were formulated in a period when the world was experiencing rapid technological changes and were before the advent of concerns about global challenges like climate change. Today, his ideas can be seen in a new light, as we recognize the significant impact human activity has on the planet, from the changing climate to the alteration of biogeochemical cycles. Overall, Vernadsky's thesis about the biosphere and the noosphere offers a holistic perspective on the evolution of the Earth and humanity's role in that evolution. It emphasizes the profound interconnectedness between life, the environment, and human cognition and culture.

A close analysis of the architecture of the stupa―a Buddhist symbolic form that is found throughout South, Southeast, and East Asia. The author, who trained as an architect, examines both the physical and metaphysical levels of these buildings, which derive their meaning and significance from Buddhist and Brahmanist influences.

Building on his extensive research into the sacred symbols and creation myths of the Dogon of Africa and those of ancient Egypt, India, and Tibet, Laird Scranton investigates the myths, symbols, and traditions of prehistoric China, providing further evidence that the cosmology of all ancient cultures arose from a single now-lost source.

It is at the same time a history of language, a guide to foreign tongues, and a method for learning them. It shows, through basic vocabularies, family resemblances of languages―Teutonic, Romance, Greek―helpful tricks of translation, key combinations of roots and phonetic patterns. It presents by common-sense methods the most helpful approach to the mastery of many languages; it condenses vocabulary to a minimum of essential words; it simplifies grammar in an entirely new way; and it teaches a languages as it is actually used in everyday life.
But this book is more than a guide to foreign languages; it goes deep into the roots of all knowledge as it explores the history of speech. It lights up the dim pathways of prehistory and unfolds the story of the slow growth of human expression from the most primitive signs and sounds to the elaborate variations of the highest cultures. Without language no knowledge would be possible; here we see how language is at once the source and the reservoir of all we know.

Taking only the most elementary knowledge for granted, Lancelot Hogben leads readers of this famous book through the whole course from simple arithmetic to calculus. His illuminating explanation is addressed to the person who wants to understand the place of mathematics in modern civilization but who has been intimidated by its supposed difficulty. Mathematics is the language of size, shape, and order―a language Hogben shows one can both master and enjoy.

A complete manual for the study and practice of Raja Yoga, the path of concentration and meditation. These timeless teachings is a treasure to be read and referred to again and again by seekers treading the spiritual path. The classic Sutras, at least 4,000 years old, cover the yogic teachings on ethics, meditation, and physical postures, and provide directions for dealing with situations in daily life. The Sutras are presented here in the purest form, with the original Sanskrit and with translation, transliteration, and commentary by Sri Swami Satchidananda, one of the most respected and revered contemporary Yoga masters. Sri Swamiji offers practical advice based on his own experience for mastering the mind and achieving physical, mental and emotional harmony.

William Strauss and Neil Howe will change the way you see the world - and your place in it. With blazing originality, The Fourth Turning illuminates the past, explains the present, and reimagines the future. Most remarkably, it offers an utterly persuasive prophecy about how America’s past will predict its future.

Strauss and Howe base this vision on a provocative theory of American history. The authors look back 500 years and uncover a distinct pattern: Modern history moves in cycles, each one lasting about the length of a long human life, each composed of four eras - or "turnings" - that last about 20 years and that always arrive in the same order. In The Fourth Turning, the authors illustrate these cycles using a brilliant analysis of the post-World War II period.

First comes a High, a period of confident expansion as a new order takes root after the old has been swept away. Next comes an Awakening, a time of spiritual exploration and rebellion against the now-established order. Then comes an Unraveling, an increasingly troubled era in which individualism triumphs over crumbling institutions. Last comes a Crisis - the Fourth Turning - when society passes through a great and perilous gate in history. Together, the four turnings comprise history's seasonal rhythm of growth, maturation, entropy, and rebirth.

4th Turning

Excess Deaths & Why RFK Jr. Can Win The Democratic Presidential Race - Ed Dowd | Part 1 of 2 - 06-21-2023

All original edition. Nothing added, nothing removed. This book traces the history of the ancient Khazar Empire, a major but almost forgotten power in Eastern Europe, which in the Dark Ages became converted to Judaism. Khazaria was finally wiped out by the forces of Genghis Khan, but evidence indicates that the Khazars themselves migrated to Poland and formed the cradle of Western Jewry. To the general reader the Khazars, who flourished from the 7th to 11th century, may seem infinitely remote today. Yet they have a close and unexpected bearing on our world, which emerges as Koestler recounts the fascinating history of the ancient Khazar Empire.

At about the time that Charlemagne was Emperor in the West. The Khazars' sway extended from the Black Sea to the Caspian, from the Caucasus to the Volga, and they were instrumental in stopping the Muslim onslaught against Byzantium, the eastern jaw of the gigantic pincer movement that in the West swept across northern Africa and into Spain.Thereafter the Khazars found themselves in a precarious position between the two major world powers: the Eastern Roman Empire in Byzantium and the triumphant followers of Mohammed.As Koestler points out, the Khazars were the Third World of their day. They chose a surprising method of resisting both the Western pressure to become Christian and the Eastern to adopt Islam. Rejecting both, they converted to Judaism. Mr. Koestler speculates about the ultimate faith of the Khazars and their impact on the racial composition and social heritage of modern Jewry.

Few people noticed the secret codewords used by our astronauts to describe the moon. Until now, few knew about the strange moving lights they reported.
George H. Leonard, former NASA scientist, fought through the official veil of secrecy and studied thousands of NASA photographs, spoke candidly with dozens of NASA officials, and listened to hours and hours of astronauts' tapes.
Here, Leonard presents the stunning and inescapable evidence discovered during his in-depth investigation:

  • Immense mechanical rigs, some over a mile long, working the lunar surface.
  • Strange geometric ground markings and symbols.
  • Lunar constructions several times higher than anything built on Earth.
  • Vehicles, tracks, towers, pipes, conduits, and conveyor belts running in and across moon craters.
Somebody else is indeed on the Moon, and engaged in activities on a massive scale. Our space agencies, and many of the world's top scientists, have known for years that there is intelligent life on the moon.

The article delves into the history of the Khazars, a polity in the Northern Caucasus that existed from the mid-seventh century until about 970 CE. Contrary to popular belief, the term "Khazars" is misleading as it was a multiethnic entity, and it's uncertain which specific group adopted Judaism. The Khazars first emerged in the seventh century, defeating the Bulgars, which led to the Bulgars' dispersion to various regions. The Khazar Empire was established through the expulsion of the Bulgars and was multiethnic in nature. The language spoken by the Khazars is debated, with some suggesting Turkic origins and others pointing to Slavic. The Khazars had several cities and fortresses, with significant archaeological findings. The Khazars had interactions with various empires, including wars with the Arabs and alliances with Byzantine emperors. By the mid-10th century, the Khazar capital of Itil was destroyed by the Russians. The article concludes that much of what is known about the Khazars is based on limited sources.

#Khazars #History #Caucasus #Judaism #Bulgars #Empire #Multiethnic #LanguageDebate #ArabWars #ByzantineAlliances #Itil #RussianInvasion #Archaeology #ReligiousConversion #TabletMag

In The Science of the Dogon, Laird Scranton demonstrated that the cosmological structure described in the myths and drawings of the Dogon runs parallel to modern science--atomic theory, quantum theory, and string theory--their drawings often taking the same form as accurate scientific diagrams that relate to the formation of matter.

Sacred Symbols of the Dogon uses these parallels as the starting point for a new interpretation of the Egyptian hieroglyphic language. By substituting Dogon cosmological drawings for equivalent glyph-shapes in Egyptian words, a new way of reading and interpreting the Egyptian hieroglyphs emerges. Scranton shows how each hieroglyph constitutes an entire concept, and that their meanings are scientific in nature.

The Dogon people of Mali, West Africa, are famous for their unique art and advanced cosmology. The Dogon’s creation story describes how the one true god, Amma, created all the matter of the universe. Interestingly, the myths that depict his creative efforts bear a striking resemblance to the modern scientific definitions of matter, beginning with the atom and continuing all the way to the vibrating threads of string theory. Furthermore, many of the Dogon words, symbols, and rituals used to describe the structure of matter are quite similar to those found in the myths of ancient Egypt and in the daily rituals of Judaism. For example, the modern scientific depiction of the informed universe as a black hole is identical to Amma’s Egg of the Dogon and the Egyptian Benben Stone.

The Science of the Dogon offers a case-by-case comparison of Dogon descriptions and drawings to corresponding scientific definitions and diagrams from authors like Stephen Hawking and Brian Greene, then extends this analysis to the counterparts of these symbols in both the ancient Egyptian and Hebrew religions. What is ultimately revealed is the scientific basis for the language of the Egyptian hieroglyphs, which was deliberately encoded to prevent the knowledge of these concepts from falling into the hands of all but the highest members of the Egyptian priesthood.

Anthony C. Yu’s translation of The Journey to the West,initially published in 1983, introduced English-speaking audiences to the classic Chinese novel in its entirety for the first time. Written in the sixteenth century, The Journey to the West tells the story of the fourteen-year pilgrimage of the monk Xuanzang, one of China’s most famous religious heroes, and his three supernatural disciples, in search of Buddhist scriptures. Throughout his journey, Xuanzang fights demons who wish to eat him, communes with spirits, and traverses a land riddled with a multitude of obstacles, both real and fantastical. An adventure rich with danger and excitement, this seminal work of the Chinese literary canonis by turns allegory, satire, and fantasy.

With over a hundred chapters written in both prose and poetry, The Journey to the West has always been a complicated and difficult text to render in English while preserving the lyricism of its language and the content of its plot. But Yu has successfully taken on the task, and in this new edition he has made his translations even more accurate and accessible. The explanatory notes are updated and augmented, and Yu has added new material to his introduction, based on his original research as well as on the newest literary criticism and scholarship on Chinese religious traditions. He has also modernized the transliterations included in each volume, using the now-standard Hanyu Pinyin romanization system. Perhaps most important, Yu has made changes to the translation itself in order to make it as precise as possible.

One of the great works of Chinese literature, The Journey to the West is not only invaluable to scholars of Eastern religion and literature, but, in Yu’s elegant rendering, also a delight for any reader.

The Oera Linda Book is a 19th-century translation by Dr. Ottema and WIlliam R. Sandbach of an old manuscript written in the Old Frisian language that records historical, mythological, and religious themes of remote antiquity, compiled between 2194 BC and AD 803.

  • The Oera Linda book challenges traditional views of pre-Christian societies.
  • Christianization is likened to a "great reset" that erased previous civilizations.
  • The Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people.
  • The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting patterns in history.
  • The importance of identity and understanding one's roots is highlighted.
  • The Oera Linda book offers wisdom and insights into several European languages.

The Oera Linda book offers a fresh perspective on our history, challenging the notion that pre-Christian societies were uncivilized. It suggests that the Christianization of societies was a form of "great reset," erasing and demonizing what existed before. The Oera Linda writings hint at an advanced civilization with its own laws, writing, and societal structures. Jan Ott's translation from the Fryan language provides insights into the beliefs and values of the Fryan people. The text also touches upon the guilt many feel today, even if they aren't religious, about issues like climate change and historical slavery. It criticizes the way science is sometimes treated like a religion, with scientists acting as its preachers. The cyclical nature of time is emphasized, suggesting that understanding history requires recognizing patterns and cycles. Christianity is portrayed as one of the most significant resets in history, with sects fighting and erasing each other's scriptures. The importance of identity is highlighted, with a focus on the Fryans, a tribe that faced challenges from another tribe from Finland. This other tribe had a different moral compass, leading to conflicts and eventual assimilation. The text suggests that the true history of the Fryans and their values might have been distorted by subsequent Christian narratives. The Oera Linda book is seen as a source of wisdom, shedding light on the origins of several European languages and offering insights into values like freedom, truth, and justice.

#OeraLinda #History #Christianization #GreatReset #FryanLanguage #JanOtt #Civilization #OldTestament #Church #SpiritualAbuse #Identity #Fryans #Autland #Finland #Slavery #Christianity #Sects #Genocide #Torture #Bible #Freedom #Truth #Justice #Righteousness #Language #German #Dutch #Frisian #English #Scandinavian #Wisdom #Inspiration #European #Values

The Talmud is one of the most important holy books of the Hebrew religion and of the world. No English translation of the book existed until the author presented this work. To this day, very little of the actual text seems available in English -- although we find many interpretive commentaries on what it is supposed to mean. The Talmud has a reputation for being long and difficult to digest, but Polano has taken what he believes to be the best material and put it into extremely readable form. As far as holy books of the world are concerned, it is on par with The Koran, The Bhagavad-Gita and, of course, The Bible, in importance. This clearly written edition will allow many to experience The Talmud who may have otherwise not had the chance.

This five-volume set is the only complete English rendering of The Zohar, the fundamental rabbinic work on Jewish mysticism that has fascinated readers for more than seven centuries. In addition to being the primary reference text for kabbalistic studies, this magnificent work is arranged in the form of a commentary on the Bible, bringing to the surface the deeper meanings behind the commandments and biblical narrative. As The Zohar itself proclaims: Woe unto those who see in the Law nothing but simple narratives and ordinary words .... Every word of the Law contains an elevated sense and a sublime mystery .... The narratives of the Law are but the raiment Thin which it is swathed.

Twenty-one years ago, at a friend's request, a Massachusetts professor sketched out a blueprint for nonviolent resistance to repressive regimes. It would go on to be translated, photocopied, and handed from one activist to another, traveling from country to country across the globe: from Iran to Venezuela―where both countries consider Gene Sharp to be an enemy of the state―to Serbia; Afghanistan; Vietnam; the former Soviet Union; China; Nepal; and, more recently and notably, Tunisia, Egypt, Yemen, Libya, and Syria, where it has served as a guiding light of the Arab Spring.

This short, pithy, inspiring, and extraordinarily clear guide to overthrowing a dictatorship by nonviolent means lists 198 specific methods to consider, depending on the circumstances: sit-ins, popular nonobedience, selective strikes, withdrawal of bank deposits, revenue refusal, walkouts, silence, and hunger strikes. From Dictatorship to Democracy is the remarkable work that has made the little-known Sharp into the world's most effective and sought-after analyst of resistance to authoritarian regimes.

Bill Cooper, former United States Naval Intelligence Briefing Team member, reveals information that remains hidden from the public eye. This information has been kept in topsecret government files since the 1940s. His audiences hear the truth unfold as he writes about the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the war on drugs, the secret government, and UFOs. Bill is a lucid, rational, and powerful speaker whose intent is to inform and to empower his audience. Standing room only is normal. His presentation and information transcend partisan affiliations as he clearly addresses issues in a way that has a striking impact on listeners of all backgrounds and interests. He has spoken to many groups throughout the United States and has appeared regularly on many radio talk shows and on television. In 1988 Bill decided to "talk" due to events then taking place worldwide, events that he had seen plans for back in the early 1970s. Bill correctly predicted the lowering of the Iron Curtain, the fall of the Berlin Wall, and the invasion of Panama. All Bill's predictions were on record well before the events occurred. Bill is not a psychic. His information comes from top secret documents that he read while with the Intelligence Briefing Team and from over seventeen years of research.

The argument that the 16th Amendment (which concerns the federal income tax) was not properly ratified and thus is invalid has been a topic of debate among some tax protesters and scholars. One of the individuals associated with this theory is Bill Benson, who asserted that the 16th Amendment was fraudulently ratified. Here's a brief overview of the argument: 1. Research and Documentation: Bill Benson, along with another individual named M.J. "Red" Beckman, wrote a two-volume work called "The Law That Never Was" in the 1980s. This work was a product of Benson's extensive travels to various state archives to examine the original ratification documents related to the 16th Amendment. 2. Claims of Irregularities: In his work, Benson presented evidence that claimed many of the states either did not ratify the 16th Amendment properly or made mistakes in their resolutions. Some of these alleged irregularities included misspellings, incorrect wording, and other deviations from the proposed amendment. 3. Philander Knox's Role: In 1913, Philander Knox, who was the U.S. Secretary of State at the time, declared that the 16th Amendment had been ratified by the necessary three-fourths of the states. Benson's contention is that Knox was aware of the various discrepancies and irregularities in the ratification process but chose to fraudulently declare the amendment ratified anyway. 4. Legal Challenges and Court Rulings: Over the years, some tax protesters have used Benson's findings to challenge the legality of the income tax. However, these challenges have been consistently rejected by the courts. In fact, several courts have addressed Benson's research and arguments directly and found them to be without legal merit. The courts have repeatedly upheld the validity of the 16th Amendment. 5. Counterarguments: Critics of Benson's theory argue that even if there were minor discrepancies in the wording or format of the ratification documents, they do not invalidate the overarching intent of the states to ratify the amendment. Additionally, they assert that there's no substantive evidence that Knox acted fraudulently. It's worth noting that despite the popularity of this theory among certain groups, the legal consensus in the U.S. is that the 16th Amendment was validly ratified and is a legitimate part of the U.S. Constitution. Those who refuse to pay income taxes based on this theory have faced legal penalties.

The article delves into the evolution of the concept of the ether in physics. Historically, the ether was postulated to explain the propagation of light, with figures like Newton and Huygens suggesting its existence. By the late 19th century, Maxwell's electromagnetic theory linked light's propagation to the ether, a theory experimentally validated by Hertz in 1888. Lorentz expanded on this, focusing on wave transmission in moving media. The article contrasts the English approach, which sought tangible models, with the phenomenological view, which aimed for a descriptive approach without specific hypotheses. The piece also touches on various mechanical theories and models proposed over the years, emphasizing the challenges in defining the ether's properties and its evolving nature in scientific discourse.

As an Amazon Associate I earn from qualifying purchases.